ENTERBANK HOLDINGS INC
S-1/A, 1996-12-09
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: FIRST TRUST SPECIAL SITUATIONS TRUST SERIES 181, S-6EL24, 1996-12-09
Next: BOULDER CAPITAL OPPORTUNITIES II LTD, 10SB12G, 1996-12-09



<PAGE> 1
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 9, 1996.


                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-14737.
    
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                            ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          DELAWARE                         6711                    43-1706259
(State or other jurisdiction         (Primary standard          (I.R.S. employer
      of incorporation           industrial classification       identification
      or organization)                 code number)                 number)

                               150 NORTH MERAMEC
                                 P.O. BOX 16020
                            CLAYTON, MISSOURI 63105
                                 (314) 725-5500
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)

                                JOSEPH D. GAREA
                            CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                            ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
                               150 NORTH MERAMEC
                                 P.O. BOX 16020
                            CLAYTON, MISSOURI 63105
                                 (314) 725-5500
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                        of agent for service of process)
                            ------------------------
                                    Copy to:
                             Joseph T. Porter, Jr.
                  Polsinelli, White, Vardeman & Shalton, P.C.
                          100 S. Fourth St., Ste. 1110
                              St. Louis, MO 63102
                                 (314) 231-1950
                            ------------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.

   
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. /X/
    

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under this Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering. / /

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                            ------------------------
   
    
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.



<PAGE> 2
                            ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
                           --------------------------

                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

     Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K showing the location in the
            Prospectus of information required by Items of Form S-1

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Form S-1 Item Number and Heading                                            Location in Prospectus
- --------------------------------                                            ----------------------
<S>                                                            <C>
1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and
     Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus                    Outside Front Cover Page

2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
     of Prospectus                                             Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page

3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio
     of Earnings to Fixed Charges                              Prospectus Summary; The Company; Risk Factors

4.  Use of Proceeds                                            Use of Proceeds

5.  Determination of Offering Price                            Outside Front Cover Page; Risk Factors; Underwriting

6.  Dilution                                                   Dilution

7.  Selling Security Holders                                   Inapplicable

8.  Plan of Distribution                                       Outside Front Cover Page; Inside Front Cover Page;
                                                               Plan of Distribution

9.  Description of Securities to be
     Registered                                                Description of Capital Stock

10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel                     Inapplicable

11. Information with Respect to the
     Registrant                                                Outside Front Cover Page; Inside Front Cover Page; Prospectus
                                                               Summary; The Company; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds; Dividends;
                                                               Capitalization; Selected Consolidated Financial Data; Management's
                                                               Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                               Operations; Business; Governmental Regulation; Management; Certain
                                                               Transactions; Principal Shareholders; Description of Capital Stock;
                                                               Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Plan of Distribution; Consolidated
                                                               Financial Statements

12. Disclosure of Commission Position on
     Indemnification for Securities Act
     Liabilities                                               Inapplicable

</TABLE>


<PAGE> 3
   
    

   
PROSPECTUS
    
                           ENTERPRISE [LOGO] BANKING

                            ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

                         451,612 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
   
  Enterbank Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is
offering a maximum of 451,612 shares and a minimum of 193,548 shares of its
$.01 par value common stock (the "Common Stock") for sale to prospective
investors at $15.50 per share. The offering price has been determined
solely by the Company without independent review by, or as a result of
negotiation with, an investment banker.  See "Description of Capital
Stocks."  Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
Common Stock of the Company.  An established public trading market is not
expected to develop following the offering. The minimum subscription per
subscriber under this offering is 650 shares costing $10,075. A total of
77,736 shares of the Common Stock included in this offering are being
reserved for sale to certain directors of the Company and its subsidiary,
Enterprise Bank. See "Plan of Distribution."
    
  THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING
ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS.

  THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS OR OTHER
OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK, FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

   
<TABLE>
============================================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
                                                          PRICE                SALES                       PROCEEDS TO
                                                        TO PUBLIC           COMMISSION<F1>                 COMPANY<F2>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                 <C>                           <C>
Per Share.............................................  $    15.50                $0                      $    14.88<F3>
                                                                                                          $    15.23<F4>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minimum Per Subscription                                $   10,075                $0                      $    9,672<F3>
 (650 Shares).........................................                                                    $    9,902<F4>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Minimum Offering
 (193,548 shares).....................................  $3,000,000                $0                      $2,880,000
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Maximum Offering
 (451,612 shares).....................................  $7,000,000                $0                      $6,880,000
============================================================================================================================
<FN>

<F1> The Common Stock is being offered by the Company solely through the efforts
     of certain officers and directors of the Company when, as, and if issued by
     the Company.  No commissions or other remuneration will be paid in
     connection with the sale of the Common Stock.  (See "Plan of
     Distribution").

<F2> After deducting offering expenses estimated at approximately $120,000
     payable by the Company.

<F3> Based on proposed minimum offering.

<F4> Based on proposed maximum offering.

</TABLE>

  The shares of Common Stock are being offered to the public by the Company on
a "best efforts" basis solely through the efforts of certain officers and
directors of the Company.  Funds paid by subscribers will be deposited in an
interest-bearing escrow account and will be promptly refunded with interest,
and without deduction therefrom if 193,548 shares are not sold on or before
January 28, 1997, or by the end of any extended date, up to an additional 120
days, if the Company elects to extend the offering time.  See "Plan of
Distribution".  A subscriber has no right to withdraw his investment during
the offering.
    
  These shares are being offered subject to prior sale, to acceptance of an
offer to purchase by the Company, and to the right to reject any offer to
purchase in whole or in part.  In the event the offering is oversubscribed,
the Company reserves the right to allocate the shares among the subscribers
in any manner deemed appropriate by the Company in its sole discretion.
   
            THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS DECEMBER --, 1996.
    
  Prior to this offering, the Company has not been a reporting company with
the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Subsequent to this offering, the
Company intends to furnish, to the extent required by law, its security
holders with annual reports containing financial statements and quarterly
reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing
unaudited interim financial information.

   
<PAGE> 4
   The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual reports
which include audited financial statements and an opinion thereon expressed
by the Company's independent accountants and such other periodic reports as
the Company may determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law.
    


<PAGE> 5

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
                               ------------------

   This summary should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its
entirety by, the more detailed information and the Company's consolidated
financial statements, including the accompanying notes, appearing elsewhere
in this Prospectus.  Prospective investors should consider carefully the
information set forth under the heading "Risk Factors."

THE COMPANY

   Enterbank Holdings, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries the
"Company") is a one-bank holding company headquartered in St. Louis County,
Missouri.  The Company conducts its banking activities through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Enterprise Bank (the "Bank").  The Bank began operations in
1988 as a newly-formed financial institution and has grown rapidly.  The bank
holding company structure was added in 1995.  The philosophy of the
organization is to provide a complete range of financial services to
closely-held businesses, their owners and employees, and to professional
persons. The Company's target market area consists of the entire St. Louis
metropolitan area, including the City of St. Louis, the Missouri counties of
St. Louis, St. Charles, Jefferson, Franklin, Lincoln and Warren and the
Illinois county of St. Clair.  The Company's goal is to grow its operation
within its defined market niche by being well managed, well capitalized, and
disciplined in its approach to managing and expanding its operations as
growth opportunities arise.

   The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and
was formed for the purpose of becoming a holding company for the ownership of
the Bank.  The Company's principle executive offices are located at 150 N.
Meramec, Clayton, Missouri 63105, and its telephone number is (314) 725-5500.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

   At September 30, 1996, the Company had approximately $160.8 million in
assets, $129.7 million in loans, $145.6 million in deposits, and $14.3
million in Shareholders' equity.  From 1991 to 1995, the Company's net income
increased from $207,000 to $1.3 million and net income per share increased
from $.14 to $.79.  During the same period, return on average equity
increased from 2.42% to 11.13%.  From December 31, 1991 to December 31, 1995,
the Company's net loans increased from $53.3 million to $110.5 million, total
assets increased from $80.5 million to $153.7 million and total deposits
increased from $71.4 million to $141.1 million.  During this same period, the
Company's non-performing loans to total loans decreased from 1.35% to .10%.




<PAGE> 6

   As displayed in the following graphs, the Company has experienced significant
growth in Earnings Per Share, Net Income, and Total Assets over the past five
years.



                           [EARNINGS PER SHARE GRAPH]



                               [NET INCOME GRAPH]



                              [TOTAL ASSETS GRAPH]


                                    2
<PAGE> 7

<TABLE>
The Offering

<S>                                    <C>
Common Stock Offered                   193,548 minimum - 451,612 maximum shares of Common Stock.

Common Stock Outstanding
  After the Offering                   Maximum of 2,113,972 shares<F1>

Use of Proceeds                        Of the $6,880,000 estimated net proceeds to the Company from the offering (assuming the
                                       sale of all 451,612 shares pursuant to the offering), approximately $6,580,000 will be
                                       used for general corporate purposes and the working and regulatory capital necessary to
                                       allow for the future growth and physical expansion of the Bank into the St. Charles
                                       County and Sunset Hills markets pursuant to the Bank's internal business plan.
                                       Approximately $300,000 will be used to retire the Company's bank debt.

Risk Factors                           The securities offered hereby involve a high degree of risk and prospective purchasers
                                       should consider the factors discussed herein under "Risk Factors."

Plan of Distribution                   The securities offered hereby are being offered solely by designated officers and
                                       directors of the Company.  The Company has reserved in the aggregate up to 77,736 shares
                                       of Common Stock for sale to certain directors of the Company who previously have not
                                       been significant owners of the Company's common stock.  See "Plan of Distribution."

<FN>
- ----------------
<F1> Does not include options to purchase 213,000 shares of common stock granted
     to officers and employees of the Company.  See "Management - Stock Option
     Plans."

</TABLE>
   
SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The table on the following page summarizes selected financial data for the
nine month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, and for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1994, 1993, 1992 and 1991. For the interim period
information presented, the information was summarized from the Company's
internal accounting records. For the fiscal year period information
presented, the information was summarized from the Company's independently
audited financial statements and/or internal accounting records, as
applicable. As discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated
financial statements, on May 9, 1995, Enterbank Holdings, Inc. was formed
as a bank holding company. Enterbank Holdings, Inc. exchanged 1,463,400
shares of Enterbank Holdings, Inc. common stock for all 73,170 (100%) of
the outstanding shares of Enterprise Bank in a twenty-for-one stock
exchange. The merger represented a combination of entities under common
control and, accordingly, was accounted for in a manner similar to a
pooling of interest. Therefore, results of operations for periods
presented prior to May 9, 1995 reflect the results of operations of
Enterprise Bank. Additionally, Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc. was
formed as a small business investment company in 1995 and, on May 11,
1995, Enterbank Holdings, Inc. acquired 100% of the outstanding shares
of Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc.
    


                                    3
<PAGE> 8
   
<TABLE>
                                                 Summary of Selected Financial Data
<CAPTION>
                                                      (Unaudited)
                                                   Nine Months Ended
                                                     September 30,                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                   -----------------       -----------------------------------------------------
                                                   1996        1995        1995        1994         1993        1992        1991
                                                   ----        ----        ----        ----         ----        ----        ----
                                                         (Dollars and number of shares in Thousands except per share data)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA
   Interest income                               $  9,108    $  7,927    $ 10,914    $  7,374     $ 5,770     $ 5,297     $ 5,583
   Interest expense                                 3,990       3,511       4,887       2,570       2,083       2,355       3,126
   Net interest income                              5,118       4,416       6,027       4,804       3,687       2,942       2,457
   Provision for possible loan losses                 144         290         631         450         162         181         435
   Net interest income after provision for
      possible loan losses                          4,974       4,126       5,396       4,354       3,525       2,761       2,022
   Noninterest income                                 780         608         836         805         744         652         683
   Noninterest expense                              3,696       3,237       4,187       3,551       3,106       2,623       2,370
   Income before income tax expense                 2,058       1,497       2,045       1,608       1,163         790         335
   Income tax expense                                 792         587         741         607         411         285         128
   Net income                                       1,266         910       1,304       1,001         752         505         207
   Net income per common share                       0.74        0.55        0.79        0.62        0.48        0.33        0.14
   Cash dividends per common share               $   0.06    $   0.05    $   0.07    $   0.06     $  0.05     $   --      $   --
   Weighted average common shares outstanding       1,497       1,463       1,463       1,461       1,460       1,460       1,460

BALANCE SHEET
   Cash and due from banks                       $  7,029    $ 11,357    $  8,110    $  5,930     $ 4,872     $ 2,650     $ 3,091
   Federal funds sold                               5,625      25,280      16,230      11,300      10,125       9,450      12,275
   Investments in debt securities:
      Available-for-sale                           14,918      13,663      16,065      15,740       2,999         --        6,149
      Held-to-maturity                                938       1,173         842         802       6,680       6,620       4,037
         Total Investments                         15,856      14,836      16,907      16,542       9,679       6,620      10,186
   Loans, less unearned loan fees                 129,721      97,698     110,464      85,687      72,215      57,553      53,380
   Allowance for loan losses                        1,555       1,290       1,400       1,000         722         606         565
   Total assets                                   160,767     151,448     153,706     122,212      99,266      79,398      80,461
   Total deposits                                 145,561     139,368     141,140     104,799      89,113      69,612      71,397
   Notes payable                                      300         --          --          --          --          --          --
   Shareholders' equity                            14,323      11,677      12,052      10,781       9,943       9,264       8,759
   Book value per common share                       8.62        7.98        8.24        7.38        6.81        6.35        6.00
   Tangible book value per common share          $   8.61    $   7.97    $   8.23    $   7.38     $  6.81     $  6.34     $  5.98

SELECTED RATIOS
   Return on average assets                          1.15%       0.95%       0.99%       0.96%       0.84%       0.66%       0.32%
   Return on average equity                         13.65       10.97       11.13        9.71        7.83        5.62        2.42
   Total capital to risk-adjusted assets            10.84       11.07       10.27       10.75       13.16       14.65       15.80
   Net yield on average earning assets               8.92        9.01        9.00        7.78        7.14        7.63        7.36
   Cost of interest-bearing liabilities              4.85        4.90        4.94        3.36        3.11        4.10        6.28
   Net interest margin                               5.01        5.02        4.98        5.07        4.57        4.24        4.09
   Nonperforming loans as a percent of loans         0.08        0.02        0.10        0.00        0.78        0.91        1.35
   Nonperforming assets as a percent of assets       0.61        0.82        0.64        1.45        2.08        2.58        1.82
   Net loan charge offs (recoveries)
      as a percent of average loans                 (0.01)       0.00        0.24        0.23        0.07        0.25        0.70
   Allowance for possible loan losses as a
      percent of net loans                           1.20        1.32        1.27        1.17        1.00        1.05        1.06
   Leverage ratio                                    8.92%       7.73%       7.85%       8.89%      10.02%      11.66%      10.84%

</TABLE>
    

                                    4
<PAGE> 9


                                  RISK FACTORS
                                  ------------

   In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the
following factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment
in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT
   
   The Company's growth and development to date have been largely the result
of contributions by the senior executive officers of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  The loss of the services of one or more of such individuals
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and develop-
ment.  No assurance can be given that replacements for any of these officers
could provide similar leadership if these officers' services were no longer
available. The Company has not entered into any employment contracts with
its executive officers or any other key personnel. The Company maintains key
employee insurance on Fred H. Eller, President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company.  See "Management."
    
DIVIDEND POLICY; RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

   Historically, the Company has limited the payment of dividends in order to
retain earnings sufficient to support its growth.  Therefore, it is not
anticipated the Company will provide dividend yields competitive with those
of its peers in the banking industry.  Because the Company's principal
business operations are conducted through the Bank, cash available to pay
dividends is derived primarily, if not entirely, from dividends paid to it by
the Bank.  The Bank's ability to pay dividends to the Company and the
Company's ability to pay dividends to Shareholders are subject to and limited
by legal and regulatory restrictions.  See "Dividends" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET

   Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock.  Moreover, an established public trading market for the Common Stock
is not expected to develop following the offering.  Accordingly, it is likely
the shares of Common Stock will not be readily marketable and the purchasers
of stock through the offering may be required to bear the economic risk of
the investment for an indefinite period of time and may not be able to
readily liquidate their investment in the event of an emergency.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

   The offering price of the Common Stock has been determined solely by the
Company without independent review by, or as a result of negotiation with, an
investment banker.  The Board of Directors considered and analyzed many
factors prior to establishing the price for shares of Common Stock pursuant
to this offering.  The primary source of the analysis was the performance and
trends exhibited by the Company's primary asset, the Bank, including the
historical earnings of the Bank, the strengths and weaknesses of its
operation and loan portfolio, the development and growth of its customer
base, the depth of management, the Bank's business plan and philosophy,
projection of asset growth and earnings performance, an evaluation of
comparable financial institution stock prices and the economy of its market
area.  Recent trading history of the Company's Common Stock was also reviewed
where the price of the transfer was known.  As such, the offering price may
bear no relationship to the market price of the Common Stock after this
offering.


                                    5
<PAGE> 10

CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT

   Following completion of this offering, the Company's and Bank's directors
and executive officers will beneficially own and control in the aggregate
approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, determined based
upon completion of the minimum offering and the purchase by such officers and
directors of only the 77,736 shares of Common Stock reserved for sale to
certain directors.  Therefore, to the extent they vote together, the
directors and executive officers of both the Company and Bank will have the
ability to exert significant influence over the election of the Company's
Board of Directors and other corporate actions requiring shareholder
approval.  See "Beneficial Ownership of Securities," "Plan of Distribution -
Shares Reserved for Sale" and "Description of Capital Stock."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding up to
2,113,972 shares of Common Stock, assuming the maximum number of shares are
sold pursuant to the offering.  Of these shares, 1,915,012 will be freely
tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities
Act, except for any shares purchased by affiliates of the Company, which
shares will be subject to some or all of the resale limitations of Rule 144.
Since an established public trading market for the Common Stock is not
expected to develop following the offering, the sale of even a small number
of shares of Common Stock following this offering, or the potential of such
sales, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the shares.  See
"Description of Capital Stock - Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

DELAWARE LAW PROVISIONS

   The Company was organized under Delaware law and as a result has certain
takeover defenses in place.  Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law prevents a business combination with an interested shareholder (an owner
of 15% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock) for a period of 3
years unless the Board of Directors gives prior approval to the transaction
or prior approval by a supermajority (66 2/3%) of the outstanding voting
stock not held by the interested shareholder.  The Company did not elect in
its original Certificate of Incorporation nor have the shareholders amended
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, not to be governed by
this Section.  This may impede the takeover of the Company without the
approval of the Board of Directors and may result in the Company being less
attractive to potential acquirors.  See "Description of Capital Stock -
Certain Anti-Takeover Effects."

CREDIT RISK; ADEQUACY OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

   There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks with respect
to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks resulting from
changes in economic and industry conditions, risks inherent in dealing with
individual borrowers and risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future
value of the collateral.  The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses
based upon several factors, including but not limited to, historical
experience, an evaluation of economic conditions, and regular reviews of
delinquencies and loan portfolio quality.  Using such factors, the Bank makes
various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the
loan portfolio and provides an allowance for potential loan losses based upon
a percentage of the aggregate outstanding balances of the entire portfolio
and special allowances for specific loans when their ultimate collectibility
is considered questionable.  Although the Bank believes that its allowance
for loan losses is adequate, there can be no assurance that the allowance
will prove sufficient to cover future losses. Future adjustments may be
necessary if economic conditions differ or adverse

                                    6
<PAGE> 11
developments arise with respect to the Bank's nonperforming or performing
loans.  Material additions to the Bank's allowance for loan losses would
result in a material decrease in the Bank's net income and, possibly, its
capital, and could result, among other consequences, in its inability to pay
dividends.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operation - Provision for Loan Losses."

LOCAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

   The success of the Company and the Bank is dependent to a certain extent
upon the general economic conditions in the St. Louis metropolitan area,
particularly the conditions for entrepreneurial entities and small businesses
which are the focus of the Bank's customer base.  Although the Company
expects that economic conditions will be favorable in this market, no
assurance can be given that favorable economic conditions will continue.
Adverse changes in economic conditions in the St. Louis metropolitan area
could impair the Bank's ability to collect loans and could otherwise have a
negative effect on the overall financial condition of the Company.  See
"Business - Market Areas and Approach to Expansion."

COMPETITION

   The financial institution industry is highly competitive.  The Bank
competes with other financial intermediaries including commercial banks,
savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage banking companies,
securities brokerage companies, insurance companies, and money market mutual
funds operating in Missouri and elsewhere.  Many of these competitors have
greater resources and lending limits than the Company and offer services that
the Company does not currently provide.  In addition, non-depository
institution competitors are generally not subject to the extensive regulation
applicable to the Company.  Recently enacted federal legislation is pending
which may permit commercial banks to establish operations nationwide, further
increasing competition from out-of-state financial institutions.  See
"Supervision and Regulation."

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

   The banking industry is heavily regulated.  The success of the Company and
the Bank depends not only on competitive factors but also on the cost of
complying with state and federal regulations affecting banks, and bank
holding companies.  The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") and the Missouri Division
of Finance (the "Division of Finance"), while the Company is subject to
regulation and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System (the "FRB").  The burden imposed by federal and state regulations puts
banks at a competitive disadvantage compared to lesser regulated competitors
such as finance companies, mortgage banking companies and leasing companies.
Banking industry regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors,
not shareholders, and are undergoing continuous change.  The ultimate effect
of such changes cannot be predicted.  In September 1994, the Community
Development and Regulatory Improvement Act and the Riegle-Neal Interstate
Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 were enacted.  Additional
statutes affecting financial institutions have been proposed and may be
enacted.  Regulations now affecting the Company may be modified at any time.
There is no assurance that the cost of complying with government regulations
will not adversely affect the business and economic performance of the
Company.  See "Supervision and Regulation."


                                    7
<PAGE> 12

   
DILUTION

   Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will experience an
immediate substantial dilution of the net tangible book value per share
from the public offering purchase price. See "Dilution."
    
NO ASSURANCE AS TO SALE OF COMMON STOCK

   The offering requires a minimum of 193,548 shares to be sold, which means
that no shares will be sold unless 193,548 shares are sold to the public.
Accordingly, there is no assurance that the minimum number of shares will be
sold.

LACK OF DIVERSIFICATION

   As a bank holding company subject to federal and state regulation, the
Company may not engage in businesses other than those approved by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as closely related to the business
of banking.  Thus, the Company will not have the benefit of reducing risks by
diversifying among a broader portfolio of operating subsidiaries.

ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

   The Company's profitability depends to a great extent upon the Bank's level
of net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income
earned on loans and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits and
other borrowings.  Although the maturities of the Bank's assets are well
balanced in relation to maturities of liabilities, the management of interest
rate risk is an ongoing issue which must be addressed continuously to
estimate changes in the general level of interest rates and the impact of
such change on the yields earned on assets and the rates paid on liabilities.
Rate changes can vary depending upon the level of rates and the competitive
factors.  If the maturities of assets and liabilities are not properly
balanced, a rapid increase or decrease in interest rates could have an
adverse effect on the net interest margins and results of operations of the
Bank and the Company.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Interest Rate
Sensitivity".

   The results of operations of the Company are affected by the credit
policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve.  There
can be no assurance that the effect of actions by monetary and fiscal
authorities, including the Federal Reserve, will not have an adverse effect
on the deposit levels, net interest margin, loan demand, or the business and
earnings of the Company.


                                  THE COMPANY
                                  -----------

   Enterbank Holdings, Inc. (the "Company"), was incorporated under the laws
of the State of Delaware on December 30, 1994, and was formed for the sole
purpose of providing a holding company structure for the ownership of
Enterprise Bank, a Missouri banking corporation.  The Company acquired
Enterprise Bank (the "Bank") through a tax-free exchange by Bank shareholders
in May 1995.  The bank holding company ownership structure gives the Bank a
source of capital and financial strength and allows the organization some
flexibility in expanding the products and services offered to clients.

   The Bank began operation on May 9, 1988, as a newly formed and chartered
Missouri financial institution.  Commercial banking services have been
provided to  Bank customers from


                                    8
<PAGE> 13

a single location in the City of Clayton, St. Louis County, Missouri.  There
are plans to add additional facilities in the near future in St. Charles
County and the Sunset Hills area of St. Louis County.

   The Company organized Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc. ("Capital
Resources") in 1995 as a wholly-owned subsidiary to provide merchant banking
services to closely-held businesses and their owners.  Capital Resources has
formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Enterprise Capital Management, Inc.
("Capital Management"), which manages and acts as the general partner of The
Enterprise Fund, L.P., a licensed Small Business Investment Company ("SBIC")
under the regulations of the Small Business Administration providing venture
capital to growing companies.

   As used herein, unless the context indicates otherwise, the term "Company"
refers to Enterbank Holdings, Inc.  Enterprise Bank is referred to herein as
the "Bank".  Enterbank Holdings, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries are
referred collectively as the "Organization".

   The Company's executive offices are located at 150 North Meramec, Clayton,
Missouri.  The Company's telephone number is (314) 725-5500.


                                USE OF PROCEEDS
                                ---------------

   The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Common Stock, after
deducting estimated expenses of the Offering, will be approximately
$2,880,000 if the minimum number of shares are sold and $6,880,000 if the
maximum number are sold.

   The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the offering as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Minimum                       Maximum
                                                           Approximate      Percent      Approximate         Percent
              Use                                            Amount        of Total        Amount           of Total
              ---                                            ------        --------        ------           --------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>           <C>                <C>
Retirement of debt                                         $  300,000       10.4%        $  300,000           4.4%
General corporate purposes and working capital              2,580,000       89.6%         6,580,000          95.6%
                                                           ----------       ----         ----------          ----
      Total                                                $2,880,000        100%        $6,880,000           100%
</TABLE>
   
   The retirement of debt section relates to the current outstanding balance
of the Company's $1,000,000 unsecured line of credit.  This line of credit is
a one-year revolving line of credit bearing interest at the lender's prime
rate, currently 8.25%, and maturing April 23, 1997. A portion of the net
proceeds will be used to retire the outstanding balance under such line of
credit.

   The remaining net proceeds of the Offering will be used to strengthen the
Company's capital base and in turn the Bank's capital base as the Company
makes additional capital contributions to the Bank.  The Bank requires
additional capital from time to time to assure the Bank meets or exceeds
required regulatory capital ratios.  The business plan for the Company
provides for future growth and expansion of the Bank by establishing
facilities in St. Charles County and the Sunset Hills area of St. Louis
County, and it is anticipated that the additional business generated by such
facilities may require additional capital in order to assure that the Bank
continues to meet or exceed such regulatory capital ratios.
    
   Pending such uses, the net proceeds will be invested in a variety of
short-term assets, including federal funds, interest-bearing deposits in other
banks, and similar investments.


                                    9
<PAGE> 14

                                 CAPITALIZATION
                                 --------------

   The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
September 30, 1996 and the pro forma capitalization as of such date to give
effect to the issuance of the minimum and maximum number of shares of Common
Stock offered hereby and the application of the proceeds.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   As Adjusted
                                                                  ------------

                                                           If 193,548     If 451,612
                                            Actual at        Shares         Shares
                                       September 30, 1996   Are Sold       Are Sold
                                       ------------------   --------       --------
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>            <C>
Short-term debt                            $   300,000            --             --
                                           ===========     ==========     ==========

Shareholders' equity:

   Common stock                            $    16,624         18,559         21,140

   Additional paid-in surplus                9,595,956     12,474,021     16,471,440

   Retained earnings, net of
      unrealized losses on available
      for sale securities                    4,710,725      4,710,725      4,710,725
                                           -----------     ----------     ----------

Total Shareholders' equity                 $14,323,305     17,203,305     21,203,305
                                           ===========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>


                                    DILUTION
                                    --------

   Purchasers of the Common Stock being offered hereby will pay $15.50 per
share.  As of September 30, 1996, the Company had an aggregate of 1,662,360
shares of Common Stock outstanding and a net tangible book value, as
reflected on its balance sheet of $14,312,305 or $8.61 per share.  "Net
tangible book value per share" represents the Company's total tangible assets
less its liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding.

   After giving pro forma effect to this Offering, the Company will have an
aggregate of 2,113,972 shares of Common Stock outstanding (assuming the
maximum 451,612 shares offered hereby are sold) and a net tangible book value
of $21,192,305, or approximately $10.02 per share.  As a result of the
Company's shares being sold for an amount greater than the net tangible book
value per share, new Shareholders will experience an immediate dilution in
net tangible book value per share of Common Stock of $5.48 from the $15.50
per share purchase price, while the present Shareholders will receive an
immediate increase in the net tangible book value of the Common Stock of
$1.41 per share.  Such dilution represents the difference between the public
offering price per share and the book value per share immediately after
completion of the offering.  The increase in book value per share of Common
Stock held by the current Shareholders would be solely attributable to the
cash paid by new Shareholders for their Common Stock.  In the event the
Company sells only 193,548 shares, the Company will have an aggregate of
1,855,908 shares of Common Stock outstanding and a net tangible book value of
$17,192,305, or approximately $9.26 per share.  New Shareholders will
experience an immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share of
Common Stock of $6.24 from the $15.50 purchase price, while the present
Shareholders

                                    10
<PAGE> 15
will receive an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of Common
Stock of $0.65 per share.

   The following table illustrates such dilution in net tangible book value to
new investors:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             If 193,548     If 451,612
                                                               Shares         Shares
                                                              Are Sold       Are Sold
                                                              --------       --------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Price per share                                                $15.50         $15.50
Net tangible book value per share before offering                8.61           8.61
Net tangible book value per share before offering
    assuming exercise of 176,200 outstanding
    vested options                                               8.32           8.32
Pro forma net tangible book value after offering                 9.26          10.02
Pro forma net tangible book value after offering
    assuming exercise of 176,200 outstanding
    vested options                                               8.95           9.69
</TABLE>

   The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30,
1996, the number of shares of Common Stock previously purchased from the
Company, the total consideration paid, and the average price paid per share
by the existing Shareholders and by the new investors purchasing the shares
of Common Stock offered hereby:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      If 193,548 shares are sold.

                                                Shares Purchased<F1>          Total Consideration           Average
                                                                                                           Price Per
                                              Number           Percent      Amount           Percent         Share
<S>                                          <C>               <C>        <C>                <C>           <C>
Existing Shareholders                        1,662,360           89.6%    $ 9,612,580          76.9%       $  5.78

New Investors                                  193,548           10.4       2,880,000          23.1          15.50
                                             ---------          -----     -----------         -----

   Total                                     1,855,908          100.0%    $12,492,580         100.0%
                                             =========          =====     ===========         =====

<CAPTION>
                                                                      If 451,621 shares are sold.

                                                Shares Purchased<F1>          Total Consideration           Average
                                                                                                           Price Per
                                              Number           Percent      Amount           Percent         Share
<S>                                          <C>               <C>        <C>                <C>           <C>
Existing Shareholders                        1,662,360           78.6%    $ 9,612,580          58.3%       $  5.78

New Investors                                  451,612           21.4       6,880,000          41.7          15.50
                                             ---------          -----     -----------         -----

   Total                                     2,113,972          100.0%    $16,492,580         100.0%
                                             =========          =====     ===========         =====
<FN>
- ------------------------
<F1> Does not include total shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
     options under the Company's Stock Option Plans.  See "Management - Stock
     Option Plans."
</TABLE>


                                    11
<PAGE> 16

                                    BUSINESS
                                    --------

GENERAL

   The Company is a one-bank holding company headquartered in St. Louis
County, Missouri.  The Company conducts its banking activities through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Enterprise Bank (the "Bank").  Additionally, the
Company operates other subsidiaries related to its merchant banking
activities.

STRATEGY

   The Company's strategy is to provide a complete range of financial services
designed to appeal to closely-held businesses and their owners and employees,
and to professional persons in the St. Louis metropolitan area, consisting of
the City of St. Louis, Missouri, the Missouri counties of St. Louis, St.
Charles, Jefferson, Franklin, Lincoln and Warren and the Illinois County of
St. Clair.  The Company's goal is to grow its operations within its defined
market niche by being well-managed, well-capitalized, and disciplined in its
approach to managing and expanding its operations as growth opportunities
arise.  The Company believes its goals for such growth can be accomplished
while providing attractive returns on Shareholders' equity.  Operations
growth and return on Shareholders' equity are the financial measures the
Company considers most critical in measuring success.

   The Company currently delivers a full range of commercial banking services
to the closely-held business market through the Bank, which was founded in
1988.  Merchant banking and venture capital services are conducted through
the Company's subsidiaries, Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc. and Enterprise
Capital Management, Inc.  The Company began offering merchant banking and
venture capital services in 1995.  The Company plans to continue to expand
the range of services it provides within its market niche while expanding the
base of customers to which it provides its current services.

THE BANK

   The Bank offers a broad range of commercial and personal banking services
to its customers.  Loans include commercial, commercial real estate,
financial and industrial development, real estate construction and
development, residential real estate and a small amount of consumer loans.
Other services include merchant credit card processing services, cash
management services, safe-deposit boxes, and lock boxes.  The Bank does not
have trust powers.

   Deposit services include certificates of deposit, checking and other demand
deposit accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, and
money market accounts.  The Bank provides ATM cards to its customers and
encourages their use by allowing a number of transactions per month at no
charge to the customer.

   Management believes that the Bank is able to compete effectively in its
market because: (i) the Company's officers and senior management maintain
close working relationships with their commercial customers and their
businesses; (ii) the Bank's management structure enables it to react more
quickly to customer requests for deposit services and loan requests than
larger competitors; (iii) the Bank's management and officers have significant
experience in the communities serviced by the Bank; (iv) the Company's focus
on the closely-held business and professional market; and (v) industry
consolidation has resulted in fewer independent banks and fewer banks serving
the Bank's target market niche.  Management believes that the Bank is the
only bank in its market area whose primary strategy is to focus on closely-held
businesses, and their owners and employees.

                                    12
<PAGE> 17

   The Bank's historical growth strategy has been both customer and asset
driven.  The Bank continuously seeks to add customers that fit its target
market.  This strategy has enabled the Bank to attract customers whose
borrowing needs have grown along with the Bank's increasing capacity to fund
loan requests.  Additionally, the Bank has increased its loan portfolio based
on lending opportunities developed by calling officers, which meet the Bank's
underwriting standards.  The Bank funds its loan growth by attracting
deposits from its business and professional customers and by attracting
wholesale deposits which are considered stable deposit sources and which are
priced at levels below the Bank's alternative cost of borrowing funds.  The
Bank has generally not advertised for deposits.

   The Bank's operating strategy results in efficient operating ratios despite
its increasing investment in sales personnel whose goal is to expand the
number and depth of the Bank's customer relationships.  The Bank can expand
its customer relationships and control operating costs by: (i) operating a
small number of offices with a high  per office asset base; (ii) emphasizing
commercial loans which tend to be larger in size than retail loans;
(iii) employing an experienced staff, all of whom are rewarded on the basis
of sales and customer service; (iv) improving data processing and operational
systems to increase productivity and control risk; (v) leasing facilities so
that capital can be deployed more effectively to support growth in earning
assets; and, (vi) outsourcing services where possible.

   The Bank has a strong orientation toward commercial banking, with a
specific focus on closely-held businesses, and their owners and employees,
and professionals located in its target service areas.  The Bank stresses
personal service, flexibility in structuring loans and deposit relationships
to meet the customer's needs, and timely responsiveness to the needs of its
customers.  Senior management of the Bank makes it a practice to maintain
close working relationships and  personal contact with its commercial
customers.

   The Bank's Board of Directors is comprised primarily of business owners and
professionals who fit the target customer profile of the Bank.  The Board of
Directors takes an active role in the Bank's business development activities
and the credit review process.  Its input and understanding of the needs of
the Bank's current and target customers is considered to be a critical factor
in the Bank's past success and its plans for future growth.

   The Bank has historically had a low turnover of relationship officers, and
its policy is to keep officers assigned to accounts for long periods of time.
This practice improves each officer's understanding of clients' businesses
and results in knowledgeable credit assessments and superior customer
service.  Relationship officers are supported by credit analysts and other
support personnel who are familiar with each assigned customer, thus creating
a team approach to serving a customer's needs.  A significant portion of the
Bank's new business results from referrals from existing customers.

   The Bank's growth in loans and profitability has been due in large measure
to its strategy of targeting closely-held businesses, and to the business and
personal relationships and long experience of the Bank's management and
directors in the St. Louis community,  rather than as a result of greater
risk-taking or price concessions.

   The Bank's current legal lending limit is in excess of $3,000,000.  Any
loan request in excess of $400,000 requires approval by a committee of the
Bank's Board of Directors.  Loan requests in excess of $1,500,000 require
approval by the Bank's full Board of Directors.  As of September 30, 1996 the
Bank had 21 customers with outstanding loans or unfunded commitments
exceeding $1,000,000, but none in excess of $2,000,000.  None of these large
loans are considered by management to be problem credits.


                                    13
<PAGE> 18

   Recent acquisitions and mergers in the St. Louis market have resulted in
few remaining banks in the $100 million to $1 billion asset size and, in the
belief of management, none whose primary focus is small and medium-sized
commercial customers.  Management believes that these conditions will
continue into the foreseeable future and provide the basis for the Bank's
continued growth in the coming years.  Additionally, the Company plans to
continue to expand the range of services it provides to both current and
future customers who fit within its market niche.

MARKET AREAS AND APPROACH TO EXPANSION

   The Company plans to expand its Bank operations using its current strategy
and delivering its services to new business markets through new facilities
located in areas of high growth for the Company's established market niche.
As mentioned above, the Company believes that local management and the
involvement of a Board of Directors comprised of local business persons and
professionals are key ingredients for success.  Management believes that
credit decisions, pricing matters, business development strategies, etc.
should be made locally by managers, all of whom either have or following the
offering will have an equity stake in the Company, along with the Bank's
Board of Directors.  See "Management."  The Company's plans to grow its St.
Charles County and Sunset Hills units are built upon such local involvement
and presence.  The Company, as part of its expansion effort, plans to
continue its strategies of operating a small number of offices with a high
per office asset base, emphasizing commercial loans, and employing
experienced staff who are rewarded on the basis of sales and customer
service.

   The following is a list of the Bank's current and planned facilities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Operating Unit                                  Address
- --------------                                  -------
<S>                                             <C>
Current
- -------
Enterprise Bank, Clayton                        150 North Meramec, Clayton, Missouri 63105

Planned
- -------
Enterprise Bank, St. Charles<F1>                300 St. Peters Center Blvd., St. Peters, Missouri 63376

Enterprise Bank, Sunset Hills<F2>               3890 South Lindbergh Blvd., Sunset Hills, Missouri 63127

<FN>
<F1> The St. Charles facility currently operates from a temporary facility
located on the site of its permanent location. The facility can make loans,
collect deposits, and offers substantially all of the products and services
that will be offered from the Bank's permanent facility.  The targeted
opening date for the permanent facility is June of 1997.

<F2> The lease for the planned office is contingent upon approval of the
location by the Missouri Commissioner of Finance and the FDIC.  The Sunset
Hills facility is expected to be operational in July of 1997.
</TABLE>

ENTERPRISE CAPITAL RESOURCES

   Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc. ("Capital Resources"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company, was organized in 1995 to provide merchant banking
services to closely-held businesses and their owners as part of the Company's
overall strategy to deliver financial services to that market.

                                    14
<PAGE> 19
Operations to date have consisted of formation of a Small Business Investment
Company (SBIC) which is managed by Enterprise Capital Management, Inc. ("Capital
Management"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Capital Resources, and, to a
lesser extent, fee-based services related to capital formation and company
acquisition.  Capital Management acts as the general partner of The
Enterprise Fund, L.P. ("Enterprise Fund"), a licensed SBIC formed in 1995
under the regulations of the Small Business Administration ("SBA").  The
Enterprise Fund provides venture capital to growing companies in need of
additional capital which qualify under the SBA's definition of a small
business eligible for investment by an SBIC.  The Enterprise Fund may also
participate in certain qualifying management buy out situations involving
companies eligible for investment by an SBIC.  The Enterprise Fund began its
operations in the fourth quarter of 1995.  The Fund's committed capital is
approximately $10 million, of which $1 million was committed by the Company
as a limited partner.  Capital Management collects annual management fees of
2% of committed capital, plus an incentive payment based upon the investment
results achieved over the ten year life of Enterprise Fund.

LENDING ACTIVITIES

   The Company provides a broad range of commercial and retail lending
services, including commercial revolving lines of credit, residential and
commercial real estate mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, consumer
loans.  The Company's primary lending focus is on commercial loans to small
and medium-sized businesses and professionals.  At September 30, 1996,
substantially all loans outstanding were to customers within the Company's
market area.  See "Business-Market Areas and Approach to Expansion."

   Interest rates charged on loans vary with the degree of risk, maturity,
underwriting and servicing costs, loan amount, and extent of other banking
relationships maintained with customers, and are further subject to
competitive pressures, money market rates, availability of funds and
government regulations.  Approximately 73% of the loans in the Company's
portfolio at September 30, 1996 had interest rates that float with the
Company's base rate or some other reference rate.

INVESTMENTS

   The Company's investment policy is designed to enhance net income and
return on equity through prudent management of risk; to ensure liquidity for
cash-flow requirements; to help manage interest rate risk; to ensure
collateral is available for public deposits, advances and repurchase
agreements; and to manage asset diversification.  The Company, through its
Asset/Liability Management Committee ("ALCO"), monitors investment activity
and manages the Company's liquidity by structuring the maturity dates of the
Company's investments to maintain necessary liquidity.  However, the primary
goal of the Company's investment policy is to maintain an appropriate
relationship between assets and liabilities while maximizing interest rates
spreads.  Accordingly, the ALCO monitors the sensitivity of its assets and
liabilities with respect to changes in interest rates and maturities and
directs the overall acquisition and allocation of funds.

DEPOSITS

   The Company's primary source of funds has historically been customer
deposits.  The Company offers a variety of accounts for depositors designed
to attract both short-term and long-term deposits.  These accounts include
certificates of deposit, savings accounts, money market accounts, checking
and negotiable order of withdrawal accounts and individual retirement
accounts.  Interest-bearing accounts earn interest at rates established by
management based on competitive market factors and management's desire to
increase or decrease certain types of maturities or deposits.

                                    15
<PAGE> 20

FACILITIES

   The Company's principal office is located at 150 N. Meramec, Clayton,
Missouri 63105.  This facility is leased under an agreement that expires in
1999.  The operating lease for the Company's principal facility has options
to renew the leases for additional periods with future rentals based upon
increases in the consumer price index.  The lease provides that the Company
pay taxes, maintenance, insurance, and certain other operating expenses
generally applicable to the leased premises.  Rent expense, net of income
from the sublet portions of premises, amounted to $202,784 and $200,125 and
$180,844 in 1995, 1994, and 1993 respectively.

   The future minimum rental commitments required under the operating lease
for 150 N. Meramec are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
      1996                                    $294,318
      1997                                     307,068
      1998                                     307,068
      1999                                     102,356
</TABLE>

   The Company has signed preliminary leases for the Sunset Hills and St.
Charles locations which are contingent upon obtaining regulatory approval for
the facilities.  Both of these buildings are currently under construction and
are expected to be completed in mid 1997.  The lease payments begin upon
completion of the buildings and leasehold improvements.  Annual rental
expense for the Sunset Hills and St. Charles locations are expected to
approximate $176,000 and $172,000 respectively.

EMPLOYEES

   At September 30, 1996, the Company had approximately 58 employees, which
included 53 full-time employees.  None of the Company's employees is covered
by a collective bargaining agreement and management believes that its
relationship with its employees is good.


                                    16
<PAGE> 21

                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                ---------------------------------------
            FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
            ---------------------------------------------

INTRODUCTION

   The following discussion and analysis is intended to review the significant
factors of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company
for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995,
respectively, and the three-year period ended December 31, 1995.  Reference
should be made to those statements and the selected financial data presented
elsewhere herein for an understanding of the following review.

OVERVIEW

   Since its inception, the Company's objective has been to maximize its
return on shareholders' equity and to retain earnings sufficient to support
its growth strategy.  From December 31, 1991 to September 30, 1996, the
Company's shareholders' equity increased 62.5% from $8.8 million to $14.3
million with tangible book value per share increasing from $5.98 to $8.61.
From December 31, 1991 to September 30, 1996, the Company's total assets
increased 99.8% from $80.5 million to $160.8 million.  During this same
period, net income per share was $.14, $.33, $.48, $.62 and $.79, for the
years ended December 31, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively and
$.74 per share for the nine months ending September 30, 1996.  From December
31, 1991 to September 30, 1996, the Company's outstanding loans increased by
142.5% from $53.4 million to $129.5 million.  This significant increase has
been primarily the result of the Company's focus on local relationship
banking and emphasis on commercial lending to privately held businesses and
professionals.

NET INCOME ANALYSIS

   Net income for 1995 was $1,304,000 as compared to $1,001,000 for 1994 and
$752,000 for 1993.  The increase in net income for 1995 as compared to 1994
was due primarily to an increase in net interest income of $1,227,000,
partially offset by a $636,000 increase in noninterest expense. The increase
in net income for 1994 as compared to 1993 was primarily due to a $1,124,000
increase in net interest income, partially offset by a $445,000 increase in
noninterest expense.  The Company continues to realize the benefits from the
economies of size associated with growth of its earning asset base.

   Net income was $1,266,000 as compared to $910,000 for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The earnings increase was due
primarily to an increase in net interest income, loan fee income and
noninterest expense control in relationship to asset growth.

NET INTEREST INCOME

   The largest component of the Company's net income is its net interest
income.  Net interest income is the difference between interest income,
principally from loans and investment securities, and interest expense,
principally on customer deposits and borrowings.  Changes in net interest
income result from changes in volume, net interest spread and net interest
margin.  Volume refers to the average dollar levels of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  Net interest spread refers to the
difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the
average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.  Net interest margin refers to
net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets and is
influenced by the level and relative mix of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities.  The Company's net interest income increased by
25% to $6,041,000 during 1995 after an increase of 30%


                                    17
<PAGE> 22

in 1994.  The net interest margin was 4.98% in 1995 as compared to 5.07% and
4.57% in 1994 and 1993, respectively.

   The decrease in the net interest margin during 1995 primarily resulted from
the change in the mix of earning assets from higher yielding loans to lower
yielding securities and federal funds sold.  The Company's average loan to
asset ratio decreased to 71.84% from 73.41% for 1995 and 1994, respectively.
The Company also increased its average yield on earning assets from 7.78% in
1994 to 9.00% in 1995.  For the same periods, the average cost of interest-
bearing liabilities increased from 3.36% to 4.94%, primarily resulting from a
general rise in the interest rate environment.  The Company's average federal
funds sold position increased from $8,603,000 in 1994 to $12,837,000 in 1995.
This shift in asset mix further impacted the net interest margin.

   The increase in the net interest margin during 1994 versus 1993 primarily
resulted  from an overall increase in the level of interest rates.
Additionally, the average yield on earning assets increased to 7.78% in 1994
versus 7.14% in 1993.  This compares to an average yield of 3.36% in 1994, up
from 3.11% in 1993 on interest-bearing liabilities.

   During 1995, an increase in the average volume of earning assets caused an
increase in interest income of $2,146,000.  Additionally, interest income
increased $1,398,000 due to an increase in rates on earning assets.
Increases in the average volume of interest-bearing demand deposits, savings
and money market accounts, time deposits and federal funds purchased resulted
in an increase in interest expense of $1,132,000.  Changes in interest rates
on the average volume of interest-bearing liabilities resulted in an increase
in interest expense of $1,185,000.  The net effect of the volume and rate
changes associated with all categories in interest-earning assets during 1995
as compared to 1994 increased interest income by $3,544,000 while the net
effect of the volume and rate changes associated with all categories of
interest-bearing liabilities increased interest expense by $2,317,000.

   During 1994, increases in the average volume of all interest-earning assets
resulted in an increase in interest income of $1,113,000.  Changes in
interest rates on the average volume of loans, investment securities, federal
funds sold and other interest bearing assets resulted in an increase in
interest income of $498,000.  Increases in the average balances of all
interest-bearing liabilities resulted in an increase in interest expense of
$372,000.  Changes in interest rates on the average volume of interest-bearing
liabilities resulted in an increase in interest expense of $115,000.
The net effect of the volume and rate changes associated with all categories
of interest-earning assets during 1994 as compared to 1993 increased interest
income by $1,611,000, while the net effect of the volume and rate changes
associated with all categories of interest-bearing liabilities increased
interest expense by $487,000.

   Net interest income was $5,118,076 for the first nine months of 1996, a
15.9% increase from the same period in 1995.  Interest income increased
$1,181,206 for the first nine months of 1996, and interest expense increased
$479,231 as compared to the same period of 1995.  These increases are
primarily attributable to the increased volume of earning assets and
interest-bearing deposits.

   The following table presents, on a tax equivalent basis for the periods
indicated, certain information related to the Company's average balance sheet
items or accounts and its average yield on assets and average cost of
liabilities.  Such yields are derived by dividing income or expense by the
average balance of the corresponding assets or liabilities.  Average balances
have been derived from quarterly averages, which are indicative of daily
averages.


                                    18
<PAGE> 23
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Year Ended December 31,
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1995                                       1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Percent    Interest  Average               Percent     Interest  Average
                                            Average    of Total    Income/   Yield/    Average    of Total     Income/   Yield/
                                            Balance     Assets     Expense    Rate     Balance     Assets      Expense    Rate
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Interest-earning assets:
   Loans<F1>                                $ 94,737     71.84%    $ 9,394    9.92%    $ 76,263     73.41%     $6,612     8.67%
   Taxable investments in debt
     securities                               13,093      9.93         745    5.69        9,407      9.06         369     3.92
   Non-taxable investments in debt
     securities<F2>                              687      0.52          42    6.11          561      0.54          33     5.88
   Federal funds sold                         12,837      9.73         745    5.80        8,603      8.28         367     4.27
   Certificates of deposit                        63      0.05           2    3.17           98      0.09           3     3.06
                                            --------    ------     -------    ----     --------    ------      ------     ----
Total interest-earning assets                121,417     92.07      10,928    9.00       94,932     91.38       7,384     7.78
                                                                   -------    ====                             ------     ====
Noninterest-earning assets:
   Cash and due from banks                     7,856      5.96                            6,430      6.19
   Office equipment and leasehold
     improvements                                766      0.58                              629      0.61
   Prepaid expenses and other assets           3,025      2.30                            2,773      2.67
   Allowance for loan losses                  (1,196)    (0.91)                            (879)    (0.85)
                                            --------    ------                         --------    ------
   Total Assets                             $131,868    100.00%                        $103,885    100.00%
                                            ========    ======                         ========    ======

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Interest-bearing transaction
     accounts                                 14,002     10.62%        352    2.51%      14,226     13.69%        292     2.05%
   Money market                               38,084     28.88       1,741    4.57       33,548     32.29       1,053     3.14
   Savings                                     1,068      0.81          32    3.00        1,275      1.23          33     2.59
   Certificates of deposit                    45,669     34.63       2,760    6.04       27,440     26.41       1,190     4.34
   Federal funds purchased                        41      0.03           2    4.88           36      0.03           2     5.56
                                            --------    ------     -------    ----     --------    ------      ------     ----
Total interest-bearing liabilities            98,864     74.97       4,887    4.94       76,525     73.65       2,570     3.36
                                                                   -------    ====                             ------     ====
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                            20,532     15.57                           16,686     16.07
   Other liabilities                             755      0.57                              369      0.36
                                            --------    ------                         --------    ------
   Total Liabilities                         120,151     91.11                           93,580     90.08
Shareholders' equity                          11,717      8.89                           10,305      9.92
                                            --------    ------                         --------    ------
   Total Liabilities and Shareholders'
     equity                                 $131,868    100.00%                        $103,885    100.00%
                                            ========    ======                         ========    ======
Net Interest Income                                                $ 6,041                                     $4,814
                                                                   =======                                     ======
Net Interest Margin                                                           4.98%                                       5.07%
                                                                              ====                                        ====

<CAPTION>
                                                     Year Ended December 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Percent    Interest  Average
                                            Average    of Total    Income    Yield/
                                            Balance     Assets     Expense    Rate
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest-earning assets:
   Loans<F1>                                $ 64,290     71.89%    $ 5,211    8.11%
   Taxable investments in debt
     securities                                7,667      8.57         295    3.85
   Non-taxable investments in debt
     securities<F2>                              101      0.11           8    7.92
   Federal funds sold                          8,357      9.35         243    2.91
   Certificates of deposit                       402      0.46          16    3.98
                                            --------    ------     -------    ----
Total interest-earning assets                 80,817     90.38       5,773    7.14
                                                                   -------    ====
Noninterest-earning assets:
   Cash and due from banks                     6,287      7.03
   Office equipment and leasehold
     improvements                                605      0.68
   Prepaid expenses and other assets           2,396      2.67
   Allowance for loan losses                    (682)    (0.76)
                                            --------    ------
   Total Assets                             $ 89,423    100.00%
                                            ========    ======

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
   Interest-bearing transaction
     accounts                                 14,590     16.32%        371    2.54%
   Money market                               30,976     34.64         883    2.85
   Savings                                       740      0.83          22    2.97
   Certificates of deposit                    20,627     23.07         807    3.91
   Federal funds purchased                       --        --          --      --
                                            --------    ------     -------    ----
Total interest-bearing liabilities            66,933     74.86       2,083    3.11
                                                                   -------    ====
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
   Demand deposits                            12,457     13.93
   Other liabilities                             426      0.48
                                            --------    ------
   Total Liabilities                          79,816     89.27
Shareholders' equity                           9,607     10.73
                                            --------    ------
   Total Liabilities and Shareholders'
     equity                                 $ 89,423    100.00%
                                            ========    ======
Net Interest Income                                                $ 3,690    4.57%
                                                                   =======    ====
Net Interest Margin

<FN>
- ------------------------
<F1>  Average balances include non-accrual loans.  The income on such loans is
      included in interest but is recognized only upon receipt.  Loan fees included
      in interest income are approximately $385,000, $293,000, and $295,000 for
      December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
<F2>  Non-taxable investment income is presented on a fully tax-equivalent
      basis assuming a tax rate of 34%.
</TABLE>


                                    19
<PAGE> 24

The following table sets forth, on a tax-equivalent basis for the periods
indicated, a summary of the changes in interest income and interest expense
resulting from changes in yield/rates and volume:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Amount of Increase (Decrease)
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1995 Compared to 1994             1994 Compared to 1993
                                                   Increase (Decrease) Due to       Increase (Decrease) Due to
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Volume<F1>  Rate<F2>     Net     Volume<F1>  Rate<F2>    Net
                                                  ----------  --------     ---     ----------  --------    ---
                                                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Interest earned on:
  Loans                                             $1,746     $1,036     $2,782     $1,020     $ 381     $1,401
  Taxable investments in debt securities               175        201        376         68         6         74
  Non-taxable investments in debt securities<F3>         8          1          9         28        (3)        25
  Federal funds sold                                   218        160        378          7       117        124
  Certificates of deposit                               (1)       --          (1)       (10)       (3)       (13)
                                                    ------     ------     ------     ------     -----     ------
    Total interest-earning assets                    2,146      1,398      3,544      1,113       498      1,611
                                                    ------     ------     ------     ------     -----     ------
Interest paid on:
  Interest-bearing transaction accounts                 (5)        65         60         (9)      (70)       (79)
  Money Market                                         157        531        688         77        93        170
  Savings                                               (6)         5         (1)        14        (3)        11
  Certificates of deposit                              986        584      1,570        288        95        383
  Federal funds purchased                              --         --         --           2       --           2
                                                    ------     ------     ------     ------     -----     ------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities               1,132      1,185      2,317        372       115        487
                                                    ------     ------     ------     ------     -----     ------
Net interest income                                 $1,014     $  213     $1,227     $  741     $ 383     $1,124
                                                    ======     ======     ======     ======     =====     ======
<FN>
- ---------------
<F1>  Change in volume multiplied by yield/rate of prior period.
<F2>  Change in yield/rate multiplied by volume of prior period.
<F3>  Nontaxable investments in debt securities are presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis assuming a tax rate of 34%.

NOTE:  The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been
allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the
absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
</TABLE>


                                    20
<PAGE> 25

LOAN PORTFOLIO

   Loans, as a group, are the largest asset and the primary source of interest
income for the Company.  Diversification among different categories of loans
reduces the risks associated with any single type of loan.  The following
table sets forth the composition of the Company's loan portfolio by type of
loans at the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         September 30,                                  December 31,
                                      -------------------    --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1996                   1995                    1994                    1993
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Percent                Percent                  Percent                 Percent
                                                 of Total               of Total                 of Total                of Total
                                      Amount       Loans      Amount      Loans       Amount       Loans      Amount       Loans
                                      ------       -----      ------      -----       ------       -----      ------       -----
                                                                  (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                  <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>
Commercial and industrial            $ 42,360       32.66%   $ 43,728      39.59%    $ 30,001       35.01%   $ 30,896       42.78%
Real estate:
   Commercial                          23,918       18.43      25,507      23.09       22,333       26.06      16,746       23.19
   Construction                        23,940       18.46      11,634      10.53       10,186       11.89       7,638       10.58
   Residential                         36,013       27.76      24,537      22.21       21,483       25.07      16,109       22.31
Consumer and other                      3,490        2.69       5,058       4.58        1,684        1.97         826        1.14
                                     --------      ------    --------     ------     --------      ------    --------      ------
Total Loans                          $129,721      100.00%   $110,464     100.00%    $ 85,687      100.00%   $ 72,215      100.00%
                                     ========      ======    ========     ======     ========      ======    ========      ======
</TABLE>

   
   The Company's subsidiary bank grants commercial, residential and consumer
loans primarily in the St. Louis metropolitan area. The Company has a
diversified loan portfolio, with no particular concentration of credit in
any one economic sector; however, a substantial portion of the portfolio
is secured by real estate. As of year end 1995, $61,678,000 in loans, or 56%
of the loan portfolio, involved real estate as part or all of the collateral
package. Of these loans, $23,533,000, or 38%, were personal and business loans
and loans on owner-occupied properties. Management views these types of loans
as having less risk than traditional real estate loans because the primary
source of repayment for the loans is not dependent upon the cash flow or sale
of the real estate securing the loans. When evaluating the appropriateness
of the allowance for loan losses, these loans are evaluated based on
commercial considerations such as the financial condition, cash flow and
income of the borrower as well as the value of all collateral securing the
loans, including the market value of any real estate securing the loan.
    

                                    21
<PAGE> 26

   The following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of the loan
portfolio at December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Loans Maturing or Repricing
                                        -----------------------------------------------------
                                                        After One
                                        In One Year      Through         After
                                          or Less      Five Years      Five Years       Total
                                          -------      ----------      ----------       -----
                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
FIXED RATE LOANS
- ----------------
Commercial and industrial                 $ 2,606        $ 2,766        $   --         $  5,372
Real estate:
    Commercial                              2,218          5,131             13           7,362
    Construction                              --             --             --              --
    Residential                             2,134          4,935             12           7,081
Consumer and other                            112          3,168            --            3,280
                                          -------        -------        -------        --------
         Total                            $ 7,070        $16,000        $    25        $ 23,095
                                          =======        =======        =======        ========

VARIABLE RATE LOANS
- -------------------
Commercial and industrial                 $38,349        $   --         $   --         $ 38,439
Real estate:
    Commercial                             18,149            --             --           18,149
    Construction                           11,634            --             --           11,634
    Residential                            17,459            --             --           17,459
Consumer and other                          1,778            --             --            1,778
                                          -------        -------        -------        --------
         Total                            $87,369        $   --         $   --         $ 87,369
                                          =======        =======        =======        ========

TOTAL LOANS
- -----------
Commercial and industrial                 $40,955        $ 2,766        $   --         $ 43,721
Real estate:
    Commercial                             20,367          5,131             13          25,511
    Construction                           11,634            --             --           11,634
    Residential                            19,593          4,935             12          24,540
Consumer and other                          1,890          3,168            --            5,058
                                          -------        -------        -------        --------
         Total                            $94,439        $16,000        $    25        $110,464
                                          =======        =======        =======        ========
</TABLE>

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

   The provision for loan losses charged to expense was $631,000, $450,000 and
$162,000 in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  Although the Company has not
experienced significant loan losses with any one particular category or class
of loans, management remains cognizant of the credit risks associated with
the business and the Company's increase in loan volume.  The Company has
charged-off a total of $492,717 in principal from January 1, 1993 through
September 30, 1996.  Total recoveries for the same period are $54,820,
resulting in historical net charge-off experience of $437,897.

   The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate
to provide for potential losses.  The provision for loan losses is based on a
periodic analysis which considers, among other factors, current economic
conditions, loan portfolio composition, past loan loss experience,
independent appraisals, loan collateral and payment experience.  In addition
to the allowance for estimated losses on identified problem loans, an overall
unallocated allowance is established to provide for unidentified credit
losses inherent in the portfolio.  As adjustments to the allowance for loan
losses become necessary, they are reflected in the results of operations in
the periods in which they become known.


                                    22
<PAGE> 27

   Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb
losses in the loan portfolio.  While management uses available information to
recognize loan losses, future additions to the allowance may be necessary
based on changes in economic conditions.  In addition, various regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically
review the allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require the Company
to increase the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments and
interpretations about information available to them at the time of their
examinations.

   While the Company has benefited from very low historical net charge-off
experience during an extended period of rapid loan growth, management remains
cognizant that historical loan loss and nonperforming asset experience may
not be indicative of future results.  If the experience were to deteriorate
and additional provisions for loan losses were required, future operating
results would be negatively impacted.  Both management and the Board
continually monitor changes in asset quality, market conditions,
concentration of credit and other factors which impact the credit risk
associated with the Company's loan portfolio.
   
   The provision for loan losses charged to operations was $144,000 for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 compared to $290,000 for the same period
in 1995.  The decrease in provision for loan losses resulted from an increase
in the overall quality of the loan portfolio and net recoveries of $11,000.
The allowance for loan losses increased $155,000 to $1,555,000 during the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 to account for loan growth of $19 million
and improved asset quality. During the same period, impaired loans decreased
from $1,055,000 to $475,588 and the allowance for loan losses to
non-performing loans increased from 1,308% to 1,453%. The Company increased
the allowance for loan losses during the nine months ending September 30,
1995 due to loan growth of $12 million in the same period and the effects
of an anticipated charge off of two specific loans in the fourth quarter of
1995. During the fourth quarter of 1995 the Company incurred net charge offs
of $231,000 and increased the allowance for loan losses an additional $110,000.
    
   As of December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996, the Company had 5 and 7
impaired loans in the amount of $1,055,000 and $475,588 respectively, all of
which are considered potential problem loans.  Non-performing assets
decreased during the nine months ended September 30, 1996 by $7,000, from
$988,000 as of December 31, 1995.

                                    23
<PAGE> 28
   The following table sets forth information concerning the Company's
nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          December 31,
                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                                            September
                                                               1996           1995           1994           1993
                                                               ----           ----           ----           ----
                                                                             (Dollars in Thousands)
   <S>                                                       <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
   Non-accrual loans                                         $    107      $    107       $    --         $   566
   Loans past due 90 days or more                                 --            --             --             --
   Restructured loans                                             --            --             --             --
                                                             --------      --------       --------        -------
      Total non-performing loans                                  107           107              0            566
   Foreclosed property                                            874           881          1,776          1,496
                                                             --------      --------       --------        -------
   Total non-performing assets                               $    981      $    988       $  1,776        $ 2,062
                                                             ========      ========       ========        =======

   Total Assets                                              $160,767      $153,706       $122,212        $99,266
   Total Loans                                                129,721       110,464         85,687         72,215
   Total Loans plus Foreclosed Property                      $130,383      $111,345       $ 87,463        $73,711

   Non-performing loans to total loans                           0.08%         0.10%          0.00%          0.78%
   Non-performing assets to loans plus
      foreclosed property                                        0.75          0.89           2.03           2.80
   Non-performing assets to total assets                         0.61%         0.64%          1.45%          2.08%
</TABLE>


                                    24
<PAGE> 29

   The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for loan losses
arising from loans charged-off and recoveries on loans previously charged-off,
by loan category and additions to the allowance that have been charged to
expense:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         December 31,
                                                                              ----------------------------------
                                                         September 30,
                                                             1996             1995           1994           1993
                                                             ----             ----           ----           ----
                                                                            (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Allowance at beginning of period                           $  1,400        $  1,000        $   722        $   606
                                                           --------        --------        -------        -------
Loans charged off:
   Commercial and industrial                                    --               19             45             27
   Real estate:
      Commercial                                                --              118            132            --
      Construction                                              --              --             --             --
      Residential                                               --              106            --              32
   Consumer and other                                           --              --              14            --
                                                           --------        --------        -------        -------
   Total loans charged off                                 $    --         $    243        $   191        $    59
                                                           ========        ========        =======        =======
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
   Commercial and industrial                               $    --         $    --         $    18        $     9
   Real estate:
      Commercial                                                --               12            --             --
      Construction                                              --              --             --             --
      Residential                                                10             --             --               3
   Consumer and other                                             1             --               1              1
                                                           --------        --------        -------        -------
   Total recoveries of loans previously charged off              11              12             19             13
                                                           --------        --------        -------        -------
Net loans charged off (recovered)                               (11)            231            172             46
                                                           --------        --------        -------        -------
Provisions charged to operations                                144             631            450            162
                                                           --------        --------        -------        -------
Allowance at end of period                                 $  1,555        $  1,400        $ 1,000        $   722
                                                           ========        ========        =======        =======

Average Loans                                              $116,958        $ 94,737        $76,263        $64,290
Total Loans                                                 129,721         110,464         85,687         72,215
Nonperforming Loans                                             107             107            --             566

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average
   loans                                                      (0.01)%          0.24%          0.23%          0.07%
Allowance for loan losses to
   loans                                                       1.20            1.27           1.17           1.00
Allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing loans                                    1,453.27 %      1,308.41%           N/A         127.56%

</TABLE>


                                    25
<PAGE> 30

   The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan
losses by loan category as an indication of the estimated risk of loss for
each loan type.  The unallocated portion of the allowance is intended to
cover loss exposure related to potential problem loans for which no specific
allowance has been estimated and for the possible risks in the remainder of
the loan portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    December 31,
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1995                         1994                          1993
                                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Percent of                    Percent of                    Percent of
                                             Loans in Each                 Loans in Each                 Loans in Each
                                              Category to                   Category to                   Category to
                                Allowance     Total Loans    Allowance      Total Loans     Allowance     Total Loans
                                ---------     -----------    ---------      -----------     ---------     -----------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
Commercial and industrial       $   348          39.59%       $   247          35.01%         $ 212          42.78%
Real estate:
  Commercial                        264          23.09            218          26.06            145          23.19
  Construction                       93          10.53             69          11.89             41          10.58
  Residential                       510          22.21            350          25.07            214          22.31
Consumer and other                   44           4.58             16           1.97            110           1.14
Not allocated                       140            --             100            --             --             --
                                -------        -------        -------        -------         ------        -------

                                $ 1,400         100.00%       $ 1,000         100.00%         $ 722         100.00%
                                =======         =======       =======         =======         =====         =======
</TABLE>

   The above allocation by loan category does not mean that actual loan
charge-offs will be incurred in the categories indicated.  The risk factors
considered in determining the above allocation are the same as those used
when determining the overall level of the allowance.

   The policy of the Company is to discontinue the accrual of interest on
loans when principal or interest is due and has remained unpaid for 90 days
or more.

NONINTEREST INCOME

   In 1995, the Company's noninterest income was $836,271, representing a
3.85% increase from 1994 results.  In comparison, 1994 noninterest income of
$805,264 represented a 8.28% increase over 1993 results.  Service charges on
deposit accounts decreased by $36,000, or 21.43%, in 1995 due to a general
increase in interest rates and a subsequent increase in the earnings credit
offsetting the service charges on commercial checking accounts.  Credit card
merchant income represented $562,449, $434,991 and $401,967 of non-interest
income of 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  Corresponding direct expenses
relating to the credit card merchant income were $455,718, $321,217 and
$301,368 for the same periods.

   Noninterest income increased in 1996 due to income from Capital Resources,
the merchant banking subsidiary.  Capital Management earned management fee
income of $98,675 in 1995 and $156,075 for the nine months ending September
30, 1996.  Other fee income earned by Capital Resources consisted of $8,000
in 1995 and $16,000 for the nine months ending September 30, 1996.


                                    26
<PAGE> 31
   
   Subsequent to September 30, 1996, the Company entered into a contract to
sell its merchant credit card processing portfolio.  The terms of the sale
call for $400,000 cash upon closing and a three year agency and non-compete
agreement with the purchaser.  The agency agreement is a revenue sharing
agreement based on business referred to the purchaser.
    
   Noninterest income for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 was
$780,444 as compared to $607,945 for the same period in 1995.

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

   Noninterest expense increased $635,974 and $445,036 or 17.91% and 14.33%,
respectively, for 1995 and 1994 over the previous year.  Noninterest expense
for the nine month periods ending September 30, 1996 and 1995 was $3,695,888
and $3,236,842 respectively.  Salaries and employee benefits, the largest
component of noninterest expense, increased by $528,887 and $191,240, or
34.93% and 14.46%, respectively, for 1995 and 1994.  For the nine months
ending September 30, 1996 and 1995 salaries and employee benefits were
$2,022,917 and $1,528,863 respectively.  These increases are primarily
attributable to the rapid growth experienced by the Company.  The increase in
salaries and employee benefits was slightly offset by a decrease in Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) premiums.  FDIC insurance expense was
$114,944, $194,231 and $154,660 for 1995, 1994 and 1993 respectively.  FDIC
insurance expense was $1,500 and $102,871 for the nine months ending
September 30, 1996 and 1995 respectively.

   Increases in other expenses, comprised of occupancy, data processing,
furniture and equipment and other operating expenses have contributed to the
increase in noninterest expense exclusive of salaries and employee benefits.

   On August 8, 1995, the FDIC voted to reduce the deposit insurance premiums
paid by most members of the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF) and to keep existing
assessment rates intact for members of the Savings Association Insurance Fund
(SAIF).  The Company's banking subsidiary is member of the BIF.  Under the
reduced assessment rate schedule for the BIF, the best rated institutions
will pay an annual rate of four cents per $100.00 of assessable deposits,
down from the previous rate of 23 cents per $100.00.  The SAIF members will
continue to pay the 23 cents per $100.00 of assessable deposits.  The
reduction in the BIF became effective June 1, 1995.  In addition, as a result
of the continued improvement in the capitalization of the FDIC's BIF, the
assessment for the best rated BIF members was further reduced to the
statutory annual minimum payment of $2,000, effective January 1, 1996.

   In response to concerns that the insurance premium disparity between the
BIF and the SAIF could have a negative effect on SAIF insured institutions
and the SAIF, legislation was enacted by Congress to, among other things,
eliminate the deposit insurance premium disparity by merging the BIF and SAIF
into a new Deposit Insurance Fund on January 1, 1999.  This legislation is
not expected to have a significant effect on the Company.

INCOME TAXES

   Income tax expense was $741,091 for 1995, $606,756 for 1994, and $410,908
for 1993.  Income tax expense of $792,553 and $587,227 was recorded for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The effective
tax rate was 36%, 38% and 35% for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994,
and 1993 respectively.  The effective income tax rate was 38% and 39% for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                    27
<PAGE> 32

LIQUIDITY AND INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY

   Liquidity is provided by the Company's earning assets, including short-term
investments in federal funds sold, maturities in the loan portfolio,
maturities in the investment portfolio, and amortization of term loans, and
by the Company's deposit inflows, proceeds from borrowings, and retained
earnings.

   The asset/liability management process, which involves management of the
components of the balance sheet to allow assets and liabilities to reprice at
approximately the same time, is an ever-changing process essential to
minimizing the effect of interest rate fluctuations on net interest income.
The following tables reflect the Company's GAP analysis (rate sensitive
assets minus rate sensitive liabilities) as of September 30, 1996 and
December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         September 30, 1996
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Over             Over
                                                            3 Months          1 Year
                                              3 Months       Through         Through         After
                                              or Less       12 Months        5 Years        5 Years        Total
                                              -------       ---------        -------        -------        -----
   Assets:                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>
   Investment securities                      $  1,451      $  9,604         $ 4,756        $    45       $ 15,856

   Loans                                        97,385         6,198          25,913            225        129,721

   Federal funds sold                            5,625           --              --             --           5,625

   Certificates of Deposit                         --            --              --             --             --
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       --------

Total interest-sensitive assets               $104,461      $ 15,802         $30,669        $   270       $151,202

Liabilities:

   Interest-bearing transaction accounts      $ 12,247      $    --          $   --         $   --        $ 12,247

   Savings and money market accounts            47,403           --              --             --          47,403

   Certificates of deposit                      16,084        36,306           6,143            --          58,533

   Note payable                                    --            300             --             --             300
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       --------
Total interest-sensitive liabilities            75,734        36,606           6,143            --         118,483
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       --------

Interest-sensitivity GAP at
September 30, 1996:

   GAP by period                                28,727       (20,804)         24,526            270         32,719
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       ========
   Cumulative GAP                             $ 28,727      $  7,923         $32,449        $32,719
                                              ========      ========         =======        =======

Ratio of interest-sensitive assets to
   interest-sensitive liabilities:

   Periodic                                       1.38          0.43            4.99            --            1.28
                                                                                                          ========

   Cumulative GAP                                 1.38          1.07            1.27           1.28
                                              ========      ========         =======        =======
</TABLE>


                                    28
<PAGE> 33

   As indicated in the preceding table, the Company was asset sensitive on a
cumulative basis in the near term (3 months or less) at September 30, 1996
based on contractual maturities.  In this regard, a decrease in the general
level of interest rates would generally have a negative effect on the
Company's net interest income as the repricing of the larger volume of
interest sensitive assets would create a larger reduction in interest revenue
as compared to the reduction in interest expense created by the repricing of
the smaller volume of interest sensitive liabilities.  The Company's revenue
was also slightly asset sensitive on a one year basis.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31, 1995
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Over             Over
                                                            3 Months          1 Year
                                              3 Months       Through         Through         After
                                              or Less       12 Months        5 Years        5 Years        Total
                                              -------       ---------        -------        -------        -----
   Assets:                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>
   Investment securities                      $  3,160      $  3,956         $ 8,160        $ 1,631       $ 16,907

   Loans                                        88,919         5,520          16,000             25        110,464

   Federal funds sold                           16,230           --              --             --          16,230
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       --------

Total interest-sensitive assets               $108,309      $  9,476         $24,160        $ 1,656       $143,601

Liabilities:

   Interest-bearing transaction accounts      $ 21,663      $    --          $   --         $   --        $ 21,663

   Savings and money market accounts            44,163           --              --             --          44,163

   Certificates of deposit                      18,382        26,036           5,464            --          49,882
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       --------

Total interest-sensitive liabilities            84,208        26,036           5,464            --         115,708
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       --------

Interest-sensitivity GAP at December
31, 1995:

   GAP by period                                24,101       (16,560)         18,696          1,656         27,893
                                              --------      --------         -------        -------       ========

   Cumulative GAP                             $ 24,101      $  7,541         $26,237        $27,893
                                              ========      ========         =======        =======

Ratio of interest-sensitive assets to
   interest-sensitive liabilities:

   Periodic                                       1.29          0.36            4.44            --            1.24
                                                                                                          ========

   Cumulative GAP                                 1.29          1.07            1.23           1.24
                                              ========      ========         =======        =======
</TABLE>

   As indicated in the preceding table, the Company was asset sensitive on a
cumulative basis in the near term (three months or less) and on the one year
term at December 31, 1995 based on contractual maturities.


                                    29
<PAGE> 34


   The following table summarizes certain trends in the Company's balance
sheet during the three-year period ended December, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          December 31,
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1995                          1994                          1993
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>                           <C>                            <C>
Total Assets                                  $153,706                      $122,212                       $99,266
Earning Assets                                 143,601                       113,627                        92,117
Deposits                                       141,140                       104,799                        89,113
Loans to Deposits                                78.27%                        81.76%                        81.04%
Loans to Total Assets                            71.87                         70.11                         72.75
Investment Securities to Total Assets            11.00                         13.54                          9.75

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans                                         $110,496                      $ 85,718                       $72,239
Unearned Loan Fees                                 (32)                          (31)                          (24)
                                              --------                      --------                       -------
   Net Loans                                  $110,464                      $ 85,687                       $72,215
                                              ========                      ========                       =======

Investment Securities - AFS<F1>               $ 16,065                      $ 15,740                       $ 2,999
Investment Securities -HTM<F1>                     842                           802                         6,680
                                              --------                      --------                       -------
   Total Investments                          $ 16,907                      $ 16,542                       $ 9,679
                                              ========                      ========                       =======

Investment Securities - AFS<F1>               $ 16,065                      $ 15,740                       $ 2,999
Investment Securities - HTM<F1>                    842                           802                         6,680
Federal Funds Sold                              16,230                        11,300                        10,125
Interest-Bearing Deposits                          --                             98                            98
Loans                                          110,496                        85,718                        72,239
Unearned Loan Fees                                 (32)                          (31)                          (24)
                                              --------                      --------                       -------
   Total Earning Assets                       $143,601                      $113,627                       $92,117
                                              ========                      ========                       =======
<FN>
<F1> AFS  (Available For Sale)
     HTM  (Held to Maturity)
</TABLE>

   The composition of total assets and earning assets remained relatively
consistent over the three years ending December 31, 1995.  For the nine
months ended September 30, 1996 total loans as a percentage of total assets
increased to 80.69% from 71.87% as of December 31, 1995.

   Earning assets increased $29,973,819 or 26% from December 31, 1994 to
December 31, 1995 while total assets increased $31,494,295 or 26% during the
same period.  Interest-bearing liabilities increased $34,353,722 while total
deposits increased $36,341,152 for the same period.

   The Company's earning assets increased $7,601,485 from December 31, 1995 to
September 30, 1996 while total assets increased $7,060,832 during the same
period.  Total deposit growth for the period was $4,421,203.

                                    30
<PAGE> 35

   The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the average annual
amount and the average rate paid by type of deposit:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Year Ended December 31,
                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       1995                                 1994                                1993
                         --------------------------------     -------------------------------     ------------------------------
                                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)

                         Average      Interest                Average     Interest                Average     Interest
                         Balance      Expense        Rate     Balance     Expense        Rate     Balance     Expense       Rate
                         -------      -------        ----     -------     -------        ----     -------     -------       ----
<S>                     <C>           <C>           <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>
Noninterest-bearing
 demand deposits         $ 20,532         --          -- %    $16,686      $  --          -- %    $12,457      $  --         -- %
Interest-bearing
 transaction accounts      14,002         352        2.51      14,226         292        2.05      14,590         371       2.54%
Money market accounts      38,084       1,741        4.57      33,548       1,053        3.14      30,976         883       2.85%
Savings accounts            1,068          32        3.00       1,275          33        2.59         740          22       2.97%
Certificates of deposit    45,669       2,760        6.04      27,440       1,190        4.34      20,627         807       3.91%
                         --------       -----        ----     -------      ------        ----     -------      ------       ----

                         $119,355       4,885        4.09%    $93,175      $2,568        2.76%    $79,390      $2,083       2.62%
                         ========       =====        ====     =======      ======        ====     =======      ======       ====
</TABLE>

   Since inception, the Company has experienced rapid loan and deposit growth
primarily due to an aggressive direct calling effort and sustained economic
growth in the local market served by the Company.  Management has pursued
privately held businesses who desire a close working relationship with a
locally-managed, full service bank.  Additionally, the Company belongs to a
national network of time depositors (primarily credit unions) who place time
deposits with the Company, typically in increments of $99,000.  The Company
has used this source of deposits for three years and considers it to be a
stable source of deposits that allows the Company to acquire funds at a cost
below its alternative cost of funds.  There were $16,488,000 of deposits from
the national network with the Company as of December 31, 1995.  There were
$28,203,000 and $17,760,000 of time deposits from the national network with
the Company as of September 30, 1996 and September 30, 1995, respectively.


   The following table sets forth the amount and maturity of certificates of
deposit that had balances of more than $100,000 at December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Remaining Maturity                           Amount
   ------------------                           ------
<S>                                            <C>
   Three months or less                        $10,415
   Over three through six months                 4,755
   Over six through twelve months                5,824
   Over twelve months                            2,292
                                               -------

      TOTAL                                    $23,286
                                               =======
</TABLE>

                                    31
<PAGE> 36

   The table below sets forth the carrying value of investment securities
held by the Company at the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              December 31,
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1995                    1994                     1993
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percent                 Percent                 Percent
                                                              of Total                of Total                of Total
                                                  Amount     Securities   Amount     Securities    Amount    Securities
                                                  ------     ----------   ------     ----------    ------    ----------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
   U.S. government corporations and agencies      $15,698       92.85%    $15,740       95.15%     $9,398       97.10%

Municipal Bonds                                       792        4.68         746        4.51         213        2.20

Mortgage-backed securities                             50        0.30          56        0.34          68        0.70

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock                          367        2.17         --          --          --          --
                                                  -------      ------     -------      ------      ------      ------

   Total                                          $16,907      100.00%    $16,542      100.00%     $9,679      100.00%
                                                  =======      ======     =======      ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>

   Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ("SFAS") 115 for which the cumulative effect was
recorded on the consolidated balance sheet on that date.  On January 1, 1994,
debt securities with an amortized cost of $280,553 were classified as
"held-to-maturity" securities; debt securities with an amortized cost of
$9,398,256 were classified as "available-for-sale" securities; a market
valuation account was established for the available-for-sale securities of
$44,207 to adjust the recorded balance of such securities at January 1, 1994 to
their fair value on that date; a deferred tax asset of $15,030 was recorded for
the tax effect of the market valuation account; and the net decrease resulting
from the market valuation adjustment at January 1, 1994 was recorded as a
separate component of shareholders' equity.

   As of December 31, 1995, debt securities with an amortized cost of $841,732
were classified as held-to-maturity securities, debt and equity securities
with an amortized cost of $16,102,111 were classified as available-for-sale
securities, the market valuation account for the available-for-sale
securities was adjusted to $24,361 to decrease the recorded balance of such
securities at December 31, 1995 to fair value on that date.  The change in
the market valuation account and related components resulted from
reinvestment of maturing investments at higher market rates in 1995.

   As of September 30, 1996, debt securities with an amortized cost of
$938,266 were classified as held-to-maturity securities; debt and equity
securities with an amortized cost of $14,962,687 were classified as
available-for-sale securities; the market valuation account for the
available-for-sale securities was adjusted to approximately $29,677 to
decrease the recorded balance of such securities at September 30, 1996 to
fair value on that date.  The change in the market valuation account and
related components resulted from an overall increase in the interest rate
environment during the nine months ended September 30, 1996.

                                    32
<PAGE> 37


   The following table summarizes maturity and yield information on the
investment portfolio at December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Weighted
                                                                             Average
                                                        Carrying          Tax-Equivalent
                                                         Value                Yield
                                                        --------          --------------
                                                          (In thousands of dollars)
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S.
government corporations and agencies
         0 to 1 year                                    $ 6,749               5.31%
         1 to 5 years                                     7,593               5.51
         5 to 10 years                                    1,356               5.87
         No stated maturity                                 --                 --
                                                        -------
             Total                                      $15,698               5.44%
                                                        =======               ====

Municipal Bonds
         0 to 1 year                                    $   --                 -- %
         1 to 5 years                                       567               6.29
         5 to 10 years                                      225               6.10
         No stated maturity                                 --                 --
                                                        -------
             Total                                      $   792               6.26%
                                                        =======               ====

Mortgage-backed securities
         0 to 1 year                                    $   --                 -- %
         1 to 5 years                                       --                 --
         5 to 10 years                                      --                 --
         Over 10 years                                       50               6.38
                                                        -------
             Total                                      $    50               6.38%
                                                        =======               ====

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
         0 to 1 year                                    $   --                 -- %
         1 to 5 years                                       --                 --
         5 to 10 years                                      --                 --
         No stated maturity                                 367               5.28
                                                        -------
             Total                                      $   367               5.28%
                                                        =======               ====

Total
         0 to 1 year                                    $ 6,749               5.31%
         1 to 5 years                                     8,160               5.57
         5 to 10 years                                    1,581               5.89
         Over 10 years                                       50               6.38
         No stated maturity                                 367               5.28
                                                        -------
             Total                                      $16,907               5.53%
                                                        =======               ====

</TABLE>


CAPITAL ADEQUACY

   The Company's Shareholders' equity was $14,323,305 at September 30, 1996.
This represented an increase of 18.8% over Shareholders' equity at December
31, 1995.  The $2,271,158 increase in Shareholders' equity was the result of
$1,266,339 in earnings for the first nine months of 1996, a $5,316 decrease
in the unrealized holding loss on investment securities available-for-sale
(adjusted for taxes), a

                                    33
<PAGE> 38
$1,094,280 increase from the exercise of outstanding warrants for common stock,
and dividends of $84,146 paid to Shareholders during the nine month period ended
September 30, 1996.

   In April 1996, the Company obtained a $1,000,000 unsecured line of credit.
The line of credit is a one year interest only note accruing interest at the
prime rate.  The outstanding principal balance on the loan as of September
30, 1996 was $300,000.

   The Company's Shareholders' equity was $12,052,147, and $10,780,913 at
December 31, 1995, and 1994, respectively.  During 1995, shareholders' equity
increased $1,271,234, or 11.79%, as a result of net income of $1,304,267 and
a $63,904 decrease in the net unrealized holding loss on investment
securities available-for sale, offset by $102,437 in dividends paid.  In
addition, equity increased in 1995 by $5,500 due to the exercise of warrants.
During 1994, Shareholders' equity increased $838,007, or 8.43%, as a result
of net income of $1,001,181 and $12,800 from a stock option exercise, offset
by a $59,088 increase in the net unrealized holding loss on investment
securities available for sale and $87,709 in dividends paid.

   Risk-based capital guidelines for financial institutions were adopted by
regulatory authorities effective January 1, 1991.  These guidelines were
designed to relate regulatory capital requirements to the risk profile of the
specific institutions and to provide for uniform requirements among the
various regulators.  Currently, the risk-based capital guidelines require the
Company to meet a minimum total capital ratio of 8.0% of which at least 4.0%
must consist of Tier 1 capital.  Tier 1 capital generally consists of
(a) common Shareholders' equity (excluding the unrealized market value
adjustments on the available for sale securities), (b) qualifying perpetual
preferred stock and related surplus subject to certain limitations specified
by the FDIC, and (c) minority interests in the equity accounts of
consolidated subsidiaries less goodwill and any other intangible assets and
investments in subsidiaries that the FDIC determines should be deducted from
Tier 1 capital.  The FDIC also requires a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%,
defined as the ratio of Tier 1 capital less purchased mortgage servicing
rights to total assets, for banking organizations deemed the strongest and
most highly rated by banking regulators.  A higher minimum leverage ratio is
required of less highly rated banking organizations.

   The following table summarizes the Company's risk-based capital and
leverage ratios at the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              December 31
                                 Sept. 30,        ----------------------------------
                                   1996           1995           1994           1993
                                   ----           ----           ----           ----
<S>                               <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
   Tier I Capital                 10.83%         10.30%         10.76%         13.17%
   Total Risk Based Capital       12.00          11.45          11.76          14.12
   Leverage Ratio                  8.92           7.85           8.89          10.02
   Tangible Capital to Assets      9.89%          8.76%          9.71%         10.74%
</TABLE>

   Primary capital, a measure of capital adequacy, includes equity capital,
allowance for possible loan losses, and debt considered equity for regulatory
capital purposes.  Tangible primary capital represents primary capital
reduced by total intangible assets included in the balance sheet.  At Decem-
ber 31, 1995, the Company's primary capital was $13,476,508 compared to
$11,869,178 and $10,664,906 at December 31, 1994 and 1993,  respectively.
The Company's primary capital to asset ratio on a consolidated basis was
8.77%, 9.71%, and 10.74% at December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
The Company's tangible primary capital was $13,463,508, $11,869,178 and
$10,664,906 at December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.

                                    34
<PAGE> 39

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

   On September 30, 1996, the Company issued 198,960 shares of its Common
Stock to holders of common stock of the Bank incidental to a plan of
reorganization for the purpose of making the Company the sole owner of Bank
capital stock.  Such securities were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act of 1933.

RISK MANAGEMENT

   The Company's management objective in structuring the balance sheet is to
maximize the return on shareholder's equity while minimizing associated
risks, including credit and asset/liability management risk.  The risks the
Company assumes in providing products to customers is fundamental to its
business operation.  The following discussion describes these risks as they
relate to the Company and the Company's management policies for monitoring
and controlling these risks.

   Credit Risk Management.  Credit risk management includes defining an accept-
able level of risk and return, establishing policies and procedures to govern
the credit process, and maintaining a thorough portfolio review function.
Credit policies are ultimately the responsibility of the Company's Board of
Directors and, as such, are reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors
on a regular basis.  Additionally, directors of the Bank serve on loan
committees which meet semi-monthly to review and act upon loan requests which
bring the aggregate indebtedness of a single borrower (plus related entities)
above $400,000.  Loan requests for less than $400,000 are reviewed and acted
upon by a committee of management which includes, among others, the President
of the Company, the Presidents of the various bank units, loan officers, and
credit analysts.  Of equal importance in this risk management process are the
ongoing monitoring procedures performed by management.

   Asset/Liability Management Risk.  Interest rate risk, investment risk and
liquidity risk are dynamic risks associated with the Company's balance sheet.
The Asset Liability Committee ("ALCO") consists of management personnel and
reports to the Board of Directors.  The ALCO meets periodically to review
exposure to these risks and recommend adjustments to the components of the
balance sheet to effectively manage these risks.

   The ALCO determines the acceptable levels of each type of risk and
establishes policies to monitor and govern the risk assessment process.
Asset/Liability risks are ultimately the responsibility of the Company's
Board of Directors and, as such, the Board of Directors reviews and approves
the activities of the ALCO.  Management of interest rate, liquidity and
investment risks is a dynamic process requiring continuous review.  Daily
monitoring of these risks are an important part of management
responsibilities.

IMPLEMENTATION OF NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

   Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted SFAS 114, "Accounting by
Creditors for Impairment of a Loan" and SFAS 118, "Accounting by Creditors
for Impairment of a loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures", which amends
SFAS 114.

   SFAS 114 (as amended by SFAS 118) defines the recognition criteria for loan
impairment and the measurement methods for certain impaired loans and loans
for which terms have been modified in troubled-debt restructurings (a
restructured loan).  Specifically, a loan is considered impaired when it is
probable a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due, both principal
and interest, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  When
measuring impairment, the expected future cash flows of an impaired loan are
required to be discounted at the loan's effective interest rate.
Alternatively,

                                    35
<PAGE> 40
impairment can be measured by reference to an observable market price, if one
exists, or the fair value of the collateral for a collateral dependent loan.
Regardless of the historical measurement method used, SFAS 114 requires a
creditor to measure impairment based on the fair value of the collateral when
the creditor determines foreclosure is probable.

   SFAS 118 amends SFAS 114 to allow a creditor to use existing methods for
recognizing interest income on an impaired loan.  The Company has elected to
continue to use its existing nonaccrual methods for recognizing interest on
impaired loans.  The Company continues to apply all payments received on
impaired loans to the outstanding balance of the loan until such a time as
the loan balance is reduced to zero, after which payments are applied to
interest income until such time as the foregone interest is recovered, or
until such a time as an improvement in the condition of the loan has occurred
which would warrant resumption of interest accruals.  The adoption of SFAS
114 and SFAS 118 resulted in no adjustment to the provision for possible loan
losses.

   SFAS 119 requires disclosures about the amounts, nature, and terms of
derivative financial instruments that are not subject to SFAS No. 105,
"Disclosure of Information about Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet
risk and Financial Instruments with Concentrations of Credit Risk" because
they do not result in off-balance-sheet risk of accounting loss.  SFAS 119
requires that a distinction be made between financial instruments held or
issued for trading purposes and financial instruments held or issued for
purposes other than trading.

   SFAS 119 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
ending after December 15, 1994, except for entities with less than $150
million in total assets.  For those entities, SFAS 119 is effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 31, 1995.
SFAS 119 did not have a material effect on the consolidated balance sheet of
the Company.

EFFECT OF INFLATION

   Persistent high rates of inflation can have a significant effect on the
reported financial condition and results of operation of all industries.
However, the asset and liability structure of commercial banks is
substantially different from that of an industrial company in that virtually
all assets and liabilities of commercial banks are monetary is nature.
Accordingly, changes in interest rates may have a significant impact on a
commercial bank's performance.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the
same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.
Inflation does have an impact on the growth of total assets in the banking
industry, often resulting in a need to increase equity capital at higher than
normal rates to maintain an appropriate equity-to-assets ratio.


                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
                           --------------------------

   The Company and the Bank are subject to state and federal banking laws and
regulations which impose specific requirements or restrictions on and provide
for general regulatory oversight with respect to virtually all aspects of
operations.  These laws and regulations are generally intended to protect
depositors, not shareholders.  To the extent that the following summary
describes statutory or regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions.  Any
change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on the
business and prospects of the Company.  Major legislative enactments have
been passed during the last several years, including the Community
Development and Regulatory Improvement Act and the Riegle-Neal Interstate
Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, and additional legislation is
proposed.  Compliance with the numerous regulations and policies promulgated
by the regulatory authorities is a difficult and ever-

                                    36
<PAGE> 41
changing atmosphere in which to operate.  The Company and the Bank commit
substantial resources in order to comply with these statutes, regulations and
policies.  The operations of the Company and the Bank may be affected by
legislative changes and the policies of various regulatory authorities.  The
Company is unable to predict the nature or the extent of the effect on its
business and earnings that fiscal or monetary policies, economic control, or new
federal or state legislation may have in the future.

FEDERAL BANK HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

   The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956 (the "BHCA").  Under the BHCA, the Company is
subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to
file periodic reports of its operations and such additional information as
the Federal Reserve may require.  The Company's and the Bank's activities are
limited to banking, managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or
performing services for its subsidiaries, or engaging in any other activity
that the Federal Reserve determines to be closely related to banking.

   Investments, Control and Activities.  With certain limited exceptions, the
BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the
Federal Reserve before (i) acquiring substantially all the assets of any
bank, (ii) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting
shares of any bank if after such acquisition it would own or control more
than 5% of the voting shares of such bank (unless it already owns or controls
the majority of such shares), or (iii) merging or consolidating with another
bank holding company.  Recent federal legislation permits bank holding
companies to acquire control of banks throughout the United States.

   In addition, and subject to certain exceptions, the BHCA and the Change in
Bank Control Act, together with regulations thereunder, require Federal
Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of
disapproval) prior to any person or company acquiring "control" of a bank
holding company, such as the Company.  Control is conclusively presumed to
exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting
securities of the bank holding company.  Under Federal Reserve regulations
applicable to the Company, control will be rebuttably presumed to exist if a
person acquires at least 10% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting
securities once the Company registers the Common Stock under the Securities
and Exchange Act of 1934.  The regulations provide a procedure for challenge
of the rebuttable control presumption.

   Under the BHCA, the Company is generally prohibited from engaging in, or
acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of
any company engaged in, nonbanking activities, unless the Federal Reserve, by
order or regulation, has found those activities to be so closely related to
banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a related activity.  Some
of the activities that the Federal Reserve has determined by regulation to be
proper incidents to the business of banking include investment in and
management of Small Business Investment Companies, making or servicing loans
and certain types of leases, engaging in certain insurance and brokerage
activities, performing data processing services, acting in certain
circumstances as a fiduciary or investment or financial advisor, owning
savings associations, and making investments in limited projects designed
primarily to promote community welfare.

   Source of Strength; Cross-Guarantee.  In accordance with Federal Reserve
policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to
the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances in
which the Company might not otherwise do so.  Under the BHCA, the Federal
Reserve may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or
relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary
of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve's determination that such activity or
control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of
any subsidiary

                                    37
<PAGE> 42
depository institution of the bank holding company.  Further, federal bank
regulatory authorities have additional discretion to require a bank holding
company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency
determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution's financial
condition.

THE BANK

   General.  The Company is the holding company for a single state bank.  The
Bank is not a member of the federal reserve system.  The Missouri Division of
Finance and the FDIC are primary regulators for the Bank.  These regulatory
authorities regulate or monitor all areas of the Bank's operations, including
security devices and procedures, adequacy of capitalization and loss
reserves, loans, investments, borrowings, deposits, mergers, issuances of
securities, payment of dividends, interest rates payable on deposits,
interest rates or fees chargeable on loans, establishment of branches,
corporate reorganizations, maintenance of books and records, and adequacy of
staff training to carry on safe lending and deposit gathering practices.  The
Bank must maintain certain capital ratios and is subject to limitations on
aggregate investments in real estate, bank premises, and furniture and
fixtures.

   All insured institutions must undergo regular on-site examinations by their
appropriate banking agency.  The cost of examinations of insured depository
institutions and any affiliates may be assessed by the appropriate agency
against each institution or affiliate as it deems necessary or appropriate.
Insured institutions are required to submit annual and quarterly reports to
the FDIC and the appropriate agency and the state supervisor.

   Transactions With Affiliates and Insiders.  The Bank is subject to the
provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, which place limits on
the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in, or certain
other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third
parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates.  In
addition, most of these loans and certain other transactions must be secured
in prescribed amounts.  The Bank is also subject to the provisions of
Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act that, among other things, prohibit an
institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates
unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as
favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the
time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies.  The Bank is
subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive
officers, directors, certain principal shareholders, and their related
interests.  Such extensions of credit (i) must be made on substantially the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at
the time for comparable transactions with third parties and (ii) must not
involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable
features.

   Community Reinvestment Act.  The Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA")
requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions
within its jurisdiction, the FDIC shall evaluate the record of the financial
institutions in meeting the credit needs of their local communities,
including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and
sound operation of those institutions.  These factors are also considered in
evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or
facility.  The Company has a satisfactory rating under CRA.

   Other Regulations.  Interest and certain other charges collected or
contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and certain
federal laws concerning interest rates.  The Bank's loan operations are also
subject to certain federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as
the federal Truth-In-Lending Act governing disclosures of credit terms to
consumer borrowers, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 requiring
financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public
officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its
obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves, the
Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibiting discrimination

                                    38
<PAGE> 43
on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit, the
Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978 governing the use and provision of information
to credit reporting agencies, the Fair Debt Collection Act governing the manner
in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies, and the
rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the
responsibility of implementing such federal laws.  The deposit operations of
the Banks also are subject to the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which
imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and
prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of
financial records, and the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E
issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that act, which governs
automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers'
rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and
other electronic banking services.

DEPOSIT INSURANCE

   The deposits of the Bank are currently insured to a maximum of $100,000 per
depositor, subject to certain aggregation rules.  The FDIC establishes rates
for the payment of premiums by federally insured banks for deposit insurance.
An insurance fund (BIF) is maintained for commercial banks, with insurance
premiums from the industry used to offset losses from insurance payouts when
banks and thrifts fail.  The FDIC has adopted a risk-based deposit insurance
premium system for all insured depository institutions, including the Bank,
which requires premiums from a depository institution based upon its capital
levels and risk profile, as determined by its primary federal regulator on a
semiannual basis.

DIVIDENDS

   The principal source of the Company's cash revenues comes from dividends
received from the Bank.  The amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank
to the Company depends on the Bank's earnings and capital position and is
limited by federal and state law, regulations, and policies.

CAPITAL REGULATIONS

   The federal bank regulatory authorities have adopted risk-based capital
guidelines for banks and bank holding companies that are designed to make
regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profile
among banks and bank holding companies, account for off-balance sheet
exposure, and minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets.  The
resulting capital ratios represent qualifying capital as a percentage of
total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.  The guidelines are
minimums, and the federal regulators have noted that banks and bank holding
companies contemplating significant expansion programs should not allow
expansion to diminish their capital ratios and should maintain ratios well in
excess of the minimums.  The current guidelines require all bank holding
companies and federally-regulated banks to maintain a minimum risk-based
total capital ratio, a portion of which must be Tier 1 capital.  Tier 1
capital includes common shareholders' equity, qualifying perpetual preferred
stock, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated
subsidiaries, but excludes goodwill and most other intangibles and excludes
the allowance for loan and lease losses.  Tier 2 capital includes the excess
of any preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, mandatory convertible
securities, hybrid capital instruments, subordinated debt and intermediate
term-preferred stock, and general reserves for loan and lease losses up to
1.25% of risk-weighted assets.

   Under these guidelines, banks' and bank holding companies' assets are given
risk-weights of 0%, 20%, 50%, or 100%.  In addition, certain off-balance
sheet items are given credit conversion factors to convert them to asset
equivalent amounts to which an appropriate risk-weight will apply.  These
computations result in the total risk-weighted assets.  Most loans are
assigned to the 100% risk category, except for first mortgage loans fully
secured by residential property and, under certain circumstances,

                                    39
<PAGE> 44
residential construction loans, both of which carry a 50% rating.  Most
investment securities are assigned to the 20% category, except for municipal or
state revenue bonds, which have a 50% rating, and direct obligations of or
obligations guaranteed by the United States Treasury or United States
Government agencies, which have a 0% rating.

   The federal bank regulatory authorities have also implemented a leverage
ratio, which is Tier 1 capital as a percentage of average total assets less
intangibles, to be used as a supplement to the risk-based guidelines.  The
principal objective of the leverage ratio is to place a constraint on the
maximum degree to which a bank holding company may leverage its equity
capital base.

LEGISLATIVE DEVELOPMENTS

   From time to time, various bills are introduced in the United States
Congress with respect to the regulation of financial institutions.  Certain
of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation of
banks and the financial services industry.  The Company cannot predict
whether any of these proposals will be adopted or, if adopted, how these
proposals will affect the Company.
   
   On September 30, 1996 Congress enacted the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of
1996.  This legislation includes language requiring the merger of the BIF and
the SAIF into a new Deposit Insurance Fund, and addresses the disparity between
the deposit insurance premiums paid by banking institutions and savings
institutions. This legislation is not expected to have an immediate effect on
the Company. However, future deposit insurance assessments may be affected.
Under the current assessment rate schedule, the best rated institutions pay
an annual rate of four cents per $100 of assessable deposits. The Company's
banking subsidiary currently qualifies as a best rated institution for BIF
assessments. The Company has not been notified of any changes in the
assessment rate for the best rated institutions. As a result of the continued
improvement in the capitalization of the FDIC's BIF, effective January 1,
1996, the assessment for the best rated BIF members was further reduced to
the statutory annual minimum payment of $2,000. If the Company was required
to pay FDIC insurance based on the current assessment schedule, the annual
expense would be approximately $58,000 based on total deposits at
September 30, 1996.
    

                                    40
<PAGE> 45

                                 MANAGEMENT
                                 ----------

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY

   The executive officers and directors of the Company are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              PRESENT POSITION(S)                                   PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
NAME AND AGE                  WITH THE COMPANY                                      DURING PAST 5 YEARS
- ------------                  ----------------                                      --------------------
<S>                           <C>                                                   <C>
Fred H. Eller, 51             President and Chief Executive Officer, Director       President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                                                                    Director of the Company (since 1995);
                                                                                    Chairman of the Board of the Bank (since
                                                                                    1996); Chief Executive Officer and Director
                                                                                    of the Bank (since 1988)
   
Ronald E. Henges, 64          Chairman of the Board, Director                       Chief Executive Officer, Creve Coeur Camera
                                                                                    (multi-store retailer of camera and video
                                                                                    equipment); President and Chief Executive
                                                                                    Officer of Henges Associates, Inc.
                                                                                    (manufacturer and installer of prefabricated
                                                                                    wall systems) 1991-1995; Chairman of the
                                                                                    Board of the Company (since 1995); Chairman
                                                                                    of the Board of the Bank, 1988-1996
    
   
Kevin C. Eichner, 45          Vice Chairman of the Board, Director                  President, The Financial Collaborative, Inc.
                                                                                    (a management consulting firm); Vice Chairman
                                                                                    of the Board of the Company (since 1996);
                                                                                    Vice Chairman of the Board of the Bank,
                                                                                    1991-1996
    
Joseph D. Garea, 41           Chief Financial Officer, Director                     Chief Financial Officer and Director of
                                                                                    the Company (since 1996); President,
                                                                                    Enterprise Capital Management, Inc.
                                                                                    (since 1995); President, Enterprise
                                                                                    Capital Resources, Inc. (since 1995);
                                                                                    Senior Vice President, United Postal
                                                                                    Savings, 1991-1994
   
Paul R. Cahn, 70              Director                                              President, Elan Polo Imports, Inc. (importer
                                                                                    of women's and children's casual shoes);
                                                                                    Director of the Company (since 1996); Director
                                                                                    of the Bank, 1991-1993 and 1995-1996

Birch M. Mullins, 53          Director                                              President, Baur Properties (developer of
                                                                                    commercial real estate properties); Director
                                                                                    of the Company (since 1996); Director of the
                                                                                    Bank, 1991-1996

                                    41
<PAGE> 46
Robert E. Saur, 53            Director                                              President, Conrad Properties (developer of
                                                                                    commercial and residential real estate
                                                                                    properties); Director of the Company (since
                                                                                    1995); Director of the Bank, 1991-1996

Henry D. Warshaw, 42          Director                                              Principal, Moneta Group (provides financial
                                                                                    planning products and services to individuals);
                                                                                    Director of the Company (since 1996); Director
                                                                                    of the Bank, 1991-1996; Chairman of Clayton
                                                                                    Banking Unit (since 1996)

James L. Wilhite, 61          Director                                              President, Stange Corporation (manufacturer of
                                                                                    marketing and incentive items); Director of
                                                                                    the Company (since 1996); Director of the
                                                                                    Bank (since 1996); Chairman of the St.
                                                                                    Charles Banking Unit (since 1996)
</TABLE>
    

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE BANK

    The executive officers and directors of the Bank (in addition to Mr. Eller,
Mr. Warshaw, and Mr. Wilhite discussed above) are as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              PRESENT POSITION                                      PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
NAME AND AGE                  WITH THE BANK                                         DURING PAST 5 YEARS
- ------------                  -------------                                         -------------------

                                    Clayton Banking Unit
<S>                           <C>                                                   <C>
David J. Mishler, 37          President, Clayton Unit, Director                     President of the Clayton Unit of the Bank
                                                                                    and Director (since 1996); Vice President
                                                                                    of the Bank 1991-1996

Mark S. Carlie, 41            Director                                              Chief Executive Officer, Stone Carlie &
                                                                                    Company (public accounting firm); Director
                                                                                    of the Bank (since 1996)

Jeffrey W. Glik, 40           Director                                              President, Glik's (multi-store retail chain
                                                                                    of women's clothing stores); Director of the
                                                                                    Bank (since 1995)

William H. McCormick, 46      Director                                              President, Capital Communications
                                                                                    Corporation (telecommunications firm which
                                                                                    sells and services voice and data products);
                                                                                    Director of the Bank (since 1995)

Edward A. Schultz, 52         Director                                              President, Code Consultants (consulting firm
                                                                                    which provides design and construction
                                                                                    consulting directed toward fire and safety
                                                                                    code compliance); Director of the Bank
                                                                                    (since 1989)

                                    42
<PAGE> 47
Orville J. Middendorf, 64     Director                                              President, Middendorf Meat Company (meat
                                                                                    wholesaler); Director of the Bank (since 1988)

James L. Stewart, 40          Director                                              President, Stewart Properties (developer of
                                                                                    commercial and residential real estate
                                                                                    properties); Director of the Bank (since 1988)
<CAPTION>
                                      Sunset Hills Banking Unit
<S>                           <C>                                                   <C>
James E. Graser, 36           President, Sunset Hills Unit, Director                President of the Sunset Hills Unit of the
                                                                                    Bank and Director (since 1996); Vice
                                                                                    President of the Bank 1991-1996

Joseph E. Barry, 59           Director                                              President, Barry Sales, Ltd. (manufacturer's
                                                                                    representative firm serving the plastics
                                                                                    industry); Director of the Bank (since 1995)

R. Bruce Earls, 50            Director                                              President, Marlo Coil (manufacturer of air
                                                                                    handling systems and commercial heating and
                                                                                    cooling units); Director of Bank (since 1996)

Robert F. O'Loughlin, 52      Director                                              President and Chief Executive Officer,
                                                                                    Lodging Hospitality Management Co. (firm which
                                                                                    provides hotel management services); Director
                                                                                    of the Bank (since 1996)

Robert H. Pecha, 63           Director                                              President and Chief Executive Officer,
                                                                                    Fleming Printing Company (commercial printer
                                                                                    servicing primarily the multi-color
                                                                                    advertising market); Chairman of the Board,
                                                                                    Resource Packaging; Chairman of the Board,
                                                                                    Printfax Graphics; Director of the Bank
                                                                                    (since 1988)

Nancy R. Siwak, 59            Director                                              Director of the Bank (since 1995)

James A. Williams, 44         Director                                              President, Sunset Transportation (trucking
                                                                                    brokerage and consulting firm); Director of
                                                                                    the Bank (since 1996)

<CAPTION>
                                    St. Charles Banking Unit
<S>                           <C>                                                   <C>
Richard C. Leuck, 38          President, St. Charles Unit, Director                 President of the St. Charles Unit of the
                                                                                    Bank and Director (since 1996); President
                                                                                    and Chief Executive Officer of Duchesne
                                                                                    Bank 1994-1996; Senior Lending Officer
                                                                                    of Duchesne Bank 1991-1994

Charles W. Bennett, 57        Director                                              Owner and President, C. Bennett Building
                                                                                    Supply (wholesale supplier of home interior
                                                                                    finish items); Director of the Bank (since
                                                                                    1996)

                                    43
<PAGE> 48
Ernie Dempsey, 55             Director                                              Owner, Pio's Restaurant (a family owned
                                                                                    restaurant); Director of the Bank (since 1996)

John Kastner, 50              Director                                              President, Client Services, Inc. (a collection
                                                                                    agency); Director of the Bank (since 1996)

John Gloss, 45                Director                                              President, Barnes-Jewish St. Peter's
                                                                                    Hospital (a full service hospital); Director
                                                                                    of the Bank (since 1996)

Patricia Rodeheaver, 49       Director                                              President, Custom Design Telephone
                                                                                    Systems, Inc. (firm which sells and services
                                                                                    telephone systems to businesses); Director
                                                                                    of the Bank (since 1996)
</TABLE>
    
   All directors of the Company are elected at the annual meeting of
Shareholders and serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified
or until their earlier resignation or removal.  All directors of the Bank are
elected by the Bank's shareholder and serve until their successors are duly
elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.  Because
the Company is the sole shareholder of the Bank, it controls the election of
the Board of Directors of the Bank.

   The Company has no standing committees.  The Bank's entire Board of
Directors performs the functions of the Audit and Compensation Committees.

   Each Bank Unit Board is comprised of local business owners and
professionals who fit the customer profile of the particular bank unit.
These Directors take an active role in the business activities and the credit
review processes of the particular unit over which they have oversight
responsibility.

   The Loan Committee of the Bank consists of all members of the Board of
Directors, who serve on a rotating basis.  All loan requests are initially
reviewed by a committee of management officials, which includes among others,
the Presidents of all geographic Banking Units and the Chief Executive
Officer.  This group has authority to approve loans where the aggregate loan
balance of all the borrower's loans (including loans to affiliated entities)
is less than $400,000.  Loan requests where the borrower's aggregate loan
balance is above $400,000 are also reviewed and examined by the respective
Board Committee of the geographic Banking Unit.  Loan requests where the
borrower's aggregate loan balance is above $1,500,000 require approval of the
Bank's full Board of Directors.  Notwithstanding the required Board Committee
approvals where the aggregate loan balance is greater than $400,000, all such
loans are subsequently reported to the full Board of Directors for review and
comment.

ADVISORY DIRECTORS

   To assist in the continued evaluation of its services to the community, the
Bank has designated certain advisory directors.  These individuals advise and
consult with the Bank's management from time to time on an informal basis. The
advisory directors have no formal duties, authority, or management obligations
and its members receive no compensation. The advisory directors and their
principal occupations are as follows:


                                    44
<PAGE> 49


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                Principal Occupation
- ----                                --------------------
<S>                                 <C>
David A. Bayer                      President, DBX Corporation

Glen Johnson Sheffield              Mayor, City of Webster Groves (1991-1994)

Menlo F. Smith                      President, Sunmark Capital

George W. Von Hoffmann, Jr.         President, GVH, Inc.
</TABLE>

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND OTHERS

   The following table shows the compensation paid by the Company or the Bank,
to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the other executive
officers of the Company or the Bank who earned more than $100,000 per year in
compensation for any of the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993:

<TABLE>
                              SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<CAPTION>
       Name and Current Position                           Annual Compensation
                                                                                   Other
                                             Year      Salary       Bonus      Compensation<F1>
<S>                                          <C>      <C>          <C>             <C>
Fred H. Eller                                1995     $165,000     $64,000         $6,950
President and Chief Executive Officer of     1994      150,000      23,500          3,640
the Company, Chairman and Chief              1993      150,000      15,000          3,291
Executive Officer of the Bank

Joseph D. Garea
Chief Financial Officer and Director of      1995     $100,000     $ 5,000              0
the Company, President, Enterprise           1994        8,333           0              0
Capital Management, Inc., President,         1993          N/A           0              0
Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc.

David Mishler                                1995     $109,000     $25,000         $4,181
President of the Clayton Banking Unit,       1994       91,666      15,000          3,431
Director of the Bank                         1993       82,000      12,500          3,076

James E. Graser                              1995     $ 77,000     $24,500         $3,277
President of the Sunset Hills Banking        1994       68,500      13,000          2,751
Unit, Director of the Bank                   1993       63,833      10,000          2,305

<FN>
      <F1>  Includes employer matching contribution pursuant to the Company's 401(k)
            program and life insurance premiums paid by the Company.
</TABLE>

STOCK OPTION PLANS

   In 1988 and 1992, the Bank established two Incentive Stock Option Plans
pursuant to which certain officers and employees of the Bank received the
right to purchase shares of Bank capital stock.  Substantially all of the
options available under the two initial stock option plans have been granted.
Upon

                                    45
<PAGE> 50

formation of the Company and in conjunction with the Company's plan to
acquire all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank, the options to
purchase Bank capital stock were exchanged for options to purchase an
aggregate of 213,000 shares of Company Common Stock.

   Earlier this year, the Company adopted by shareholder vote a Third
Incentive Stock Option Plan ("ISO Plan III"), which sets aside up to 200,000
shares of Company Common Stock to grant options to certain Key Employees of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  There are limitations as to the
number of options which may be granted to any individual and additional
restrictions for options which may be granted to any individual who is also a
ten percent shareholder.  The Company believes strongly in motivating its Key
Employees by encouraging ownership in the organization.  To date, none of the
options available under ISO III have been granted.

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

   Non-employee directors of the Company and the Bank receive directors' fees
of $200 for each Board of Directors meeting and $50 for each committee
meeting they attend.

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

   The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company contains a provision which,
subject to the exceptions described below, indemnifies a director from
individual liability to the Company or its Shareholders for monetary damages
for any breach of such director's fiduciary duty as a director.  This
provision does not indemnify the director (i) for violating his duty of
loyalty to the Company or its Shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(iii) for liability under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
(the "DGCL") relating to unlawful dividends and distributions, or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

   The Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify any person who
was, is, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative, by reason of service by such person as a director or
officer of the Company.  Such directors and officers are entitled to be
indemnified against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements, and reasonable
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred by the director or
officer in connection with the proceeding, except that no payments may be
made with respect to liability which is not eliminated pursuant to the
provision of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation described in the
preceding paragraph.

   In addition to the Bylaws of the Company, Section 145(c) of the DGCL
requires the Company to indemnify any director who has been successful on the
merits or otherwise in defending any proceeding described above.  The DGCL
also provides that a court may order indemnification of a director if it
determines that the director is fairly and reasonably entitled to such
indemnification.

   The Board of Directors of the Company also has the authority to extend to
its employees and agents the same indemnification rights held by officers and
directors, subject to all the accompanying conditions and obligations.

   The Company, Capital Resources and Capital Management have collectively
entered into Indemnification Agreements with each of the directors of Capital
Management, pursuant to which the Company, Capital Resources and Capital
Management agreed to jointly and severally indemnify such directors in a
manner similar to that set out in the preceding paragraphs with respect to
the Company.

                                    46
<PAGE> 51

These Indemnification Agreements also provide for the advancement of expenses
incurred by the directors as a result of a qualifying proceeding subject to
certain conditions and limitations.

                 BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES
                 ----------------------------------

   The following table provides information concerning those persons known by
the Company to be the beneficial owners of 5% or more of its outstanding
common stock, each director and executive officer, and all directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group.  For purposes of the table, a
person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of the subject shares if the person
has or shares the power to vote or dispose of them.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Percentage of Class<F1>
                                                                             --------------------------------------
                                                       Ownership of                             After Offering
                                                     Holding Company                        -----------------------
                                                       Stock Before           Before
    Beneficial Owner                                 Offering<F2><F3>        Offering       Minimum         Maximum
    ----------------                                 ----------------        --------       -------         -------
                                 Executive Officers and Directors of the Company
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Fred H. Eller <F5><F6>                                   88,260                4.80%          4.34%          3.86%
Ronald E. Henges <F8>                                   135,140                7.35%          6.65%          5.90%
Kevin C. Eichner                                         73,193                3.98%          3.60%          3.20%
Joseph D. Garea <F7>                                      2,000                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Paul R. Cahn <F4>                                        67,467                3.67%          3.32%          2.95%
Birch M. Mullins                                         16,600                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Robert E. Saur                                           39,000                2.12%          1.92%          1.70%
Henry D. Warshaw <F9>                                    17,260                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
James L. Wilhite                                              1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
<CAPTION>
                                         Executive Officers and Directors of the Bank
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>            <C>            <C>
David J. Mishler <F13><F6>                               31,309                1.70%          1.54%          1.38%
Mark S. Carlie                                               20                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Jeffrey W. Glik                                           3,060                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
William H. McCormick                                         20                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Edward A. Schultz <F15>                                  22,915                1.25%          1.13%          1.00%
Orville J. Middendorf <F12>                              73,000                3.97%          3.59%          3.19%
James L. Stewart                                         12,850                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
James E. Graser <F11><F6>                                10,250                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Joseph E. Barry <F10>                                     7,020                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
R. Bruce Earls                                                1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Robert F. O'Loughlin                                          1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Robert H. Pecha <F14>                                    75,630                4.11%          3.72%          3.30%


                                    47
<PAGE> 52

Nancy R. Siwak <F16>                                      2,520                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
James A. Williams                                             1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Richard C. Leuck                                              1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Charles W. Bennett                                            1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Ernie Dempsey                                                 1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
John Kastner                                                  1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
John Gloss                                                    1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
Patricia Rodeheaver                                           1                <F*>           <F*>           <F*>
<S>                                                                        <C>
Fred H. Eller                                                              See information above
James L. Wilhite                                                           See information above
Henry D. Warshaw                                                           See information above
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>            <C>            <C>
All Directors and Executive Officers as
   a Group (28 individuals) <F6>                        677,524               36.85%         33.34%         29.58%
<FN>
<F*>  Less than 1%

<F1>  Percentages are calculated based on 1,838,560 shares which represents
      1,662,360 shares outstanding as of September 30, 1996, plus Options
      outstanding and exercisable as of September 30, 1996 or within 60 days
      thereafter totalling 176,200 shares; 2,032,108 shares if the minimum amount
      is sold; and 2,290,172 shares if the maximum amount is sold.
<F2>  Unless otherwise indicated, the named person has sole voting and
      dispositive power for all shares shown.
<F3>  Assumes the exercise of Options outstanding and exercisable as of
      September 30, 1996 or within 60 days thereafter, including those beneficially
      owned by the named person, as follows: Mr. Eichner, 26,000 shares; Mr. Eller,
      49,000 shares; Mr. Henges, 26,000 shares; Mr. Graser, 6,000 shares; Mr.
      Mishler, 19,000 shares; all directors and executive officers as a group,
      126,000 shares.
<F4>  Excludes 23,980 held by two adult children of Mr. Cahn.  Includes 5,000
      shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Cahn's spouse, to which Mr. Cahn
      has voting power; 1,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Cahn, to
      which Mr. Cahn has voting power; and 61,447 shares held of record by Cahn
      Family Partnership, L.P., to which Mr. Cahn has voting power.
<F5>  Includes 39,240 shares held jointly by Mr. Eller and his spouse.
<F6>  Excludes all of the 13,960 shares held of record by EBSP Partnership in
      which each of Mr. Eller, Mr. Graser and Mr. Mishler hold a 1/7 partnership
      interest, but for which none of the named persons holds voting power.
      Excludes all of the 13,820 shares held of record by EBSP II Partnership in
      which each of Mr. Eller, Mr. Graser and Mr. Mishler hold a 1/7 partnership
      interest, but for which none of the named persons holds voting power.
<F7>  Includes 2,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Garea, to
      which Mr. Garea has voting power.
<F8>  Excludes 11,600 shares held jointly by the adult daughter and son-in-law
      of Mr. Henges; 2,740 shares held in an Individual Retirement Account for the
      benefit of the adult daughter of Mr. Henges; 1,020 shares held by the adult
      son of Mr. Henges; and 1,680 shares held in an Individual Retirement Account
      for the benefit of the adult son of Mr. Henges.  Includes 54,270 shares held
      of record by MICALA Partnership Ltd., to which Mr. Henges has voting power;
      22,285 shares held in an Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Mr.
      Henges, to which Mr. Henges has voting power; 3,285 shares held in an
      Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of the spouse of Mr. Henges, to
      which Mr. Henges has voting power; 3,600 shares held in trust for six minor
      grandchildren of Mr. Henges, of which the spouse of Mr. Henges is trustee,
      and to which Mr. Henges has voting power; and 25,680 shares held in six
      separate trusts, each for the benefit of one of the grandchildren of Mr.
      Henges, to which Mr. Henges has voting power.  The address of Mr. Henges of
      13398 Conway Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63141.
<F9>  Includes 8,580 shares held in an Individual Retirement Account for the
      benefit of Mr. Warshaw, to which Mr. Warshaw has voting power; and 8,660
      shares held in an Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of the spouse
      of Mr. Warshaw, to which Mr. Warshaw has voting power.
<F10> Includes 7,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Barry, to
      which Mr. Barry has voting power.
<F11> Includes 4,250 shares held jointly by Mr. Graser and his spouse.
<F12> Includes 72,980 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Middendorf,
      to which Mr. Middendorf has voting power.

                                    48
<PAGE> 53
<F13> Includes 9,678 shares held jointly by Mr. Mishler and his spouse; and
      2,631 shares held in an Individual Retirement Account for the benefit of Mr.
      Mishler, to which Mr. Mishler has voting power.
<F14> Includes 75,610 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Pecha, to
      which Mr. Pecha has voting power.
<F15> Includes 10,780 shares held jointly by Mr. Schultz and his spouse.
<F16> Includes 2,500 shares held in trust for the benefit of Ms. Siwak, to
      which Ms. Siwak has voting power.
<F17> Includes 2,500 shares held in an Individual Retirement Account for the
      benefit of Mr. Stewart, to which Mr. Stewart has voting power.
</TABLE>

                                 DIVIDENDS
                                 ---------

   The holders of Common Stock of the Company are entitled to dividends when,
as, and if declared by the Company's Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor.  The amount of dividends, if any, that may be declared by
the Company will necessarily be dependent on many factors, including future
earnings, capital requirements and business conditions as they affect the
Bank.  As a result, no assurance can be given that dividends will be paid in
the future with respect to the Common Stock.

   Historically the Company's dividends have been limited as a result of the
Company's policy to retain earnings sufficient to sustain the Company's
growth.  The Company declared and paid dividends quarterly during calendar
years 1993, 1994, and 1995, in annual amounts of $.05, $.06, and $.07 per
share, respectively.  For the first three quarters of 1996, the Company has
declared and paid dividends of a total of $.0575 per share.


                         MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
                         -----------------------

   As of September 30, 1996, the Company had approximately 225 Common Stock
shareholders of record.  Prior to the offering, the Common Stock had not been
traded on an exchange or in any established public trading market, although
there have been a limited number of private transactions in the shares that
have been made known to the Company.  Based solely on the information made
available to the Company from a limited number of buyers and sellers, the
Company believes the selling prices for the Common Stock ranged, during 1995,
from $11.50 to $12.00 per share and, during 1996, from $13.00 per share to
$13.75 per share.  There was a single transaction in 1996 between two
Directors of the Company at $15.00 per share involving additional
consideration beyond the purchase of the stock.  There may have been other
transactions at other prices not known to the Company.

   Since the Company does not expect to list its stock on any exchange or seek
quotation of its stock on NASDAQ in the near future, no established public
trading market for the Common Stock is expected to develop following the
offering.


                        DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
                        ----------------------------

GENERAL

   The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 3,000,000 shares of
common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock").  Reference is
made to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Certificate"),
which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part, for a detailed description of the provisions thereof
summarized below.


                                    49
<PAGE> 54


COMMON STOCK

   Holders of shares of the Common Stock are entitled to receive such
dividends as may from time to time be declared by the Board of Directors of
the Company out of funds legally available therefor.  Holders of Common Stock
are entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which the holders of
Common Stock are entitled to vote and may cumulate their votes in any
election of directors.  Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive,
conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights.  In the event of a
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, holders of Common
Stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in the assets of the Company,
if any, remaining after the payment of all debts and liabilities of the
Company.  The outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby when issued will be, fully paid
and nonassessable.

   The Company has reserved 413,000 shares for issuance under the Stock Option
Plans.  See "Management - Stock Option Plans."

OFFERING PRICE

   The offering price has been established solely by the Company without
independent review by or as a result of negotiation with an investment
banker.  See "Risk Factors -- Offering Price".  The primary source of
financial information used to analyze and determine the offering price
relates to the historical performance and trends of the Company's primary
asset, its wholly-owned banking subsidiary.  The Board reviewed the
historical earnings of the Bank, the strengths and weaknesses of its
operation and loan portfolio, the development of the growth of its customer
base, the depth of management, the Bank's business plan and its projected
growth and earnings performance, an evaluation of comparable banks and bank
holding companies, the current condition of the industry, and the economy of
the St. Louis metropolitan area.  The recent trading history of the Company's
common stock where the price of such transfers has been brought to the
attention of Management was also reviewed.

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS

   The provisions of the Certificate, the Bylaws and the Delaware Corporation
Law summarized in the following paragraphs may be deemed to have anti-takeover
effects and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that
a shareholder might consider to be in such shareholder's best interest,
including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price
for the shares held by shareholders, and may make removal of management more
difficult.

   Authorized but Unissued Stock.  The authorized but unissued shares of
Common Stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder
approval.  These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate
purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital,
corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.  The existence of
authorized but unissued and unreserved Common Stock may enable the Board of
Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which
could render more difficult or discourage any attempt to obtain control of
the Company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise,
and thereby protect the continuity of the Company's management.

   Section 203 of the Delaware Corporation Law.  Subject to certain exclusions
summarized below, Section 203 of the Delaware Corporation Law ("Section 203")
prohibits any "Interested Shareholder" from engaging in a "Business
Combination" with a Delaware corporation for three years following the date
such person became an Interested Shareholder. "Interested Shareholder"
generally includes:  (a) (i) any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or
more of the outstanding voting stock of the


                                    50
<PAGE> 55

corporation or (ii) any person who is an affiliate or associate of the
corporation and who was the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the outstanding
voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years before the date
on which such person's status as an Interested Shareholder is determined; and
(b) the affiliates and associates of such person.  Subject to certain
exceptions, a "Business Combination" includes (i) any merger or consolidation of
the corporation or a majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation, (ii) the
sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of assets
of the corporation or a majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation having an
aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market
value of all assets of the corporation determined on a consolidated basis or
the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation,
(iii) any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the
corporation or a majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation of any stock of
the corporation or the subsidiary to the Interested Shareholder, except
pursuant to a transaction that effects a pro rata distribution to all
shareholders of the corporation, (iv) any transaction involving the
corporation or a majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation that has the
effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of
the corporation or the subsidiary that is owned by the Interested Shareholder
and (v) any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit (except
proportionately as a shareholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges
or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation or a
majority-owned subsidiary of the corporation.

   Section 203 does not apply to a Business Combination if (i) before a person
became an Interested Shareholder, the board of directors of the corporation
approved either the transaction in which the Interested Shareholder became an
Interested Shareholder or the Business Combination, (ii) upon consummation of
the transaction that resulted in the person becoming an Interested Shareholder,
the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (other than
certain excluded shares), or (iii) following a transaction in which the person
became an Interested Shareholder, the Business Combination is (a) approved by
the board of directors of the corporation and (b) authorized at a regular or
special meeting of Shareholders (and not by written consent) by the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of
the corporation not owned by the Interested Shareholder.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding up to
2,113,972 shares of Common Stock, assuming the maximum number of shares are
sold pursuant to the offering.  Of these shares, 1,915,012 will be freely
tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities
Act, except for any shares purchased by "affiliates" of the Company (as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the "Affiliates"),
which shares will be subject to some or all of the resale limitations of
Rule 144.  An affiliate of the issuer is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act as a person that directly or indirectly, through one or more
intermediate, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the
issuer.  Rule 405 under the Securities Act defines the term "control" to mean
the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of the person whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.  For purposes of
Rule 144, all executive officers and directors of the Company, and certain
executive officers of the Bank, will be deemed to be affiliates of the Company.

   The remaining 198,960 shares of Common Stock ("Restricted Securities")
currently outstanding may not be sold in the absence of registration under
the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available,
including the exemption contained in Rule 144.

                                    51
<PAGE> 56

   In general, and except as set forth below, under Rule 144 as currently in
effect, an Affiliate of the Company or other person (or persons whose shares
are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Securities for at least
two years, may sell, within any three-month period, a number of such shares
that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of
the Company's Common Stock (approximately 21,140 shares immediately after the
offering, assuming the maximum number of shares are purchased pursuant to the
offering) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock on
all national securities exchanges or NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks
preceding the sale.  It is not anticipated that shares of the Common Stock
will be listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ.
Rule 144 also requires that (i) the securities must be sold in "brokers'
transactions," as defined in the Securities Act, and the person selling the
securities may not solicit orders or make any payment in connection with the
offer or sale of securities to any person other than the broker who executes
the order to sell the securities, and (ii) sales pursuant to Rule 144 are
subject to certain requirements relating to notices and availability of
current public information about the Company.  A person (or persons whose
shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an Affiliate of the
Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale and who
has beneficially owned Restricted Securities for at least three years is
entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the
limitations described above.  In general, Affiliates who purchased shares of
Common Stock of the Company prior to the offering pursuant to a Section
3(a)(12) exemption provided under the Securities Act for certain bank holding
company reorganizations, will also need to comply with the resale limitations
for Rule 144 described above, except for the two-year holding period.

   Prior to the offering there has not been a public market for the Common
Stock of the Company.  Since an established public trading market for the
Common Stock is not expected to develop following the offering, sales of even
a small number of shares of Common Stock, or the perception that such sales
could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the shares
of Common Stock.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

   The Company serves as its own transfer agent and registrar for the Common
Stock.


                           CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
                           --------------------

   The Company and the Bank have and expect to continue to have banking and
other transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors and
executive officers of the Company and their affiliates, including members of
their families or corporations, partnerships or other organizations in which
such directors or executive officers have a controlling interest, on
substantially the same terms (including price, or interest rates and
collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with
unrelated parties.  Such transactions are not expected to involve more than
the normal risk of collectibility nor present other unfavorable features to
the Company and the Bank.  The Bank is subject to limits on the aggregate
amount it can lend to the Bank's and the Company's directors and officers as
a group.  This limit is currently equal to two times the applicable entity's
unimpaired capital and surplus.  Loans to individual directors and officers
must also comply with the Bank's lending policies and statutory lending
limits, and directors with a personal interest in any loan application are
excluded from the consideration of such loan application.

   The Company's Clayton banking facility is leased from a limited partnership
in which Fred H. Eller, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, is a limited
partner and Robert E. Saur, a director of the Company, is a general partner.
Rent expense, net of income from the sublet portions of the premises,
amounted to $202,784 in 1995.

                                    52
<PAGE> 57

   During 1995 and 1996, the Company purchased its current telephone system
from Capital Communication Corp., of which William H. McCormick, a director
of the Bank, is the President, for a total of $45,428.  Since January 7,
1995, a total of $56,757 has been paid by the Company to Capital
Communication Corp. for hardware, software and service related to the
telephone system.

   During 1995, the Company purchased leasehold improvements in the aggregate
amount of $111,181 from Henges Associates, Inc., of which Ronald E. Henges,
the Chairman of the Company, was the President.


                        PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
                        --------------------

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   The Company is offering up to 451,612 shares of its Common Stock, $.01 par
value at a cash purchase price of $15.50 per share.  This offering is not
underwritten and the Company has not employed any dealers, brokers, or
salesmen in connection herewith.  The Company is offering the Common Stock
through its directors, officers, and employees on a best efforts basis.  None
of these individuals will be entitled to any commissions or other
remuneration for selling the Common Stock.
   
   The Company has reserved the right to close the offering at any time the
Company has received Subscription Agreements acceptable to the Company for
not less than 193,548 shares of Common Stock.  The Company has also reserved
the right to terminate the offering at any time.  If the Company has not
received any acceptable Subscription Agreements for at least 193,548 shares
of Common Stock on or before January 28, 1997, or by the end of any extended
time, up to an additional 120 days, if the Company elects to extend the
offering time, the offering will be terminated and no shares of Common Stock
will be sold. Those shares of Common Stock which are reserved for sale to
certain directors of the Company and the Bank (as described below), and which
are actually subscribed for by such directors, will be included in determining
whether the minimum number of shares has been reached.
    
SHARES RESERVED FOR SALE

   Based upon indications of interest received, the Company has reserved an
aggregate of 77,736 shares of Common Stock for sale to certain directors of
the Company and the Bank who have previously not been shareholders of the
Company (other than qualifying shares), in the amounts set forth below
opposite their respective names:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Company/Bank Directors               No. of Shares Reserved for Purchase
   ----------------------               -----------------------------------
   <S>                                              <C>
   Charles W. Bennett                                6,451
   Ernie Dempsey                                     9,677
   John Gloss                                        9,677
   John Kastner                                      6,451
   Richard C. Leuck                                  6,451
   Patricia Rodeheaver                               6,451
   James L. Wilhite                                  6,451
   R. Bruce Earls                                    4,839


                                    53
<PAGE> 58

   Robert O'Loughlin                                 6,451
   James Williams                                    6,451
   Joseph D. Garea                                   6,451
   Nancy R. Siwak                                    1,935
                                                    ------
                                                    77,736
                                                    ======
</TABLE>

METHOD OF SUBSCRIPTION

   Persons desiring to purchase the Common Stock offered hereunder may
subscribe to purchase such Common Stock by executing a Subscription Agreement
for the Common Stock and by mailing or delivering such Subscription
Agreement, together with the subscriber's check in the full amount of the
subscription price for the Common Stock subscribed for, to the Company in
care of the Jefferson Bank & Trust, as escrow agent.  All checks should be
made payable to "Jefferson Bank & Trust, as Escrow Agent for Enterbank
Holdings, Inc."

   Unless a lesser amount is approved by the Company in its sole discretion,
the minimum subscription per subscriber will be for 650 shares ($10,075) and
shall constitute an irrevocable offer to purchase the Common Stock subscribed
for.  The Company reserves the right to reject, in whole or in part, the
Subscription Agreement of any subscriber for any reason.  No Subscription
Agreement will entitle a subscriber to purchase Common Stock until such
person's Subscription Agreement has been accepted by the Company and the
Company has given written notice of acceptance thereof to the subscriber.

ESCROW OF SUBSCRIPTION PAYMENTS
   
   All subscription payments will be deposited in an escrow account at
Jefferson Bank & Trust, pending the closing or termination of this offering,
whichever shall first occur.  The deposits in the escrow account will earn
interest at prevailing money market rates. If this offering is terminated, all
funds so received will be promptly returned to the subscriber, with interest
thereon and without deduction therefrom. Any funds held in the escrow account
for any subscriber which are in excess of the purchase price for the number of
shares of Common Stock which such subscriber has been allocated by the Company
will be promptly refunded to each such subscriber, with interest.  During the
selling period, subscribers will not have the right to demand return of their
subscriptions.
    
ISSUANCE OF STOCK

   Certificates representing Common Stock duly subscribed and fully paid will
be issued as soon as practicable following the closing of the offering.

                              LEGAL MATTERS
                              -------------
   
   The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby has been passed on for the
Company by Polsinelli, White, Vardeman & Shalton, P.C., St. Louis, Missouri.
    

                                    54
<PAGE> 59

                                EXPERTS
                                -------

   The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1994 and for the years then ended, appearing in the Prospectus and
the Registration Statement have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere herein,
and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of that
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.  The consolidated financial
statements of Enterprise Bank for the year ended December 31, 1993 appearing
in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst
& Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report appearing
elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in
reliance upon such reports, given upon the authority of such firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.

   
   On April 27, 1994, the Company's independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP,
were dismissed. The independent accountants' report issued by Ernst & Young
LLP on the Bank's consolidated financial statements as of and for the year
ended December 31, 1993 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of
opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or
accounting principles. The decision to change accountants was recommended and
approved by the Board of Directors. There was no disagreement during 1993, or
any preceding year, between the Company and Ernst & Young LLP on any matters
or accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or
auditing scope of procedure, which disagreement, if not resolved to the
satisfaction of Ernst & Young LLP, would have caused it to make reference
to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its report.

   On April 27, 1994, the Company engaged KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to serve as
the new independent auditors and to report on the Company's consolidated
financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1994.
    

                                    55
<PAGE> 60

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
Independent Auditors' Report dated January 26, 1996                                                            F-2

Independent Auditors' Report dated January 18, 1994                                                            F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets dated September 30, 1996 (unaudited) and December 31, 1995 and 1994                F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 and the Nine Months
ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)                                                                  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 and
the Nine Months ended September 30, 1996 (unaudited)                                                           F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 and the Nine
Months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 (unaudited)                                                           F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                                     F-8
</TABLE>
    

                                    F-1
<PAGE> 61

                     Independent Auditors' Report
                     ----------------------------

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Enterbank Holdings, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enterbank
Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 1995 and
1994, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity,
and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits. The accompanying consolidated statements of
income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows of Enterprise Bank for the year
ended December 31, 1993 were audited by other auditors whose report thereon,
dated January 18, 1994, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Enterbank
Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                       /s/KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
January 26, 1996


                                    F-2
<PAGE> 62

[LOGO] ERNST & YOUNG LLP    / / Gateway One              / / Phone: 314 259 1000
                                Suite 1400
                                701 Market Street
                                St. Louis, Missouri 63101



                            Report of Independent Auditors


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Enterprise Bank

We have audited the consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity,
and cash flows of Enterprise Bank for the year ended December 31, 1993 (see
Note 1 to consolidated financial statements of Enterbank Holdings, Inc.).
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Bank's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash
flows of Enterprise Bank for the year ended December 31, 1993 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                       /s/Ernst & Young LLP

January 18, 1994



     Ernst & Young LLP is a member of Ernst & Young International, Ltd.


                                    F-3
<PAGE> 63

<TABLE>
                                 ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                        Consolidated Balance Sheets
                            September 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995 and 1994
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                December 31
                                                                         September 30       -------------------
                                                                             1996           1995           1994
                                                                             ----           ----           ----
   Assets                                                                (Unaudited)
  -------
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash and due from banks                                                 $  7,029,095   $  8,109,804   $  5,929,650
Certificates of deposit                                                          --             --          98,000
Federal funds sold                                                         5,625,000     16,230,000     11,300,000
Investments in debt securities:
   Available-for-sale, at estimated fair value                            14,917,725     16,065,201     15,739,904
   Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost
      (estimated fair value of $934,005 at
      September 30, 1996, $840,566 in 1995
      and $778,190 in 1994)                                                  938,266        841,732        802,209
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total investments in debt securities                             15,855,991     16,906,933     16,542,113
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
Loans, less unearned loan fees                                           129,721,178    110,463,751     85,686,752
   Less allowance for loan losses                                          1,555,000      1,400,000      1,000,000
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
         Loans, net                                                      128,166,178    109,063,751     84,686,752
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
Other real estate owned                                                      874,426        881,072      1,776,366
Office equipment and leasehold improvements                                  876,456        795,377        684,328
Accrued interest receivable                                                  910,645        981,042        600,642
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                          1,429,108        738,088        593,921
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total assets                                                   $160,766,899   $153,706,067   $122,211,772
                                                                        ============   ============   ============

   Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
   ------------------------------------
Deposits:
   Demand                                                               $ 27,379,121   $ 25,432,639   $ 23,445,209
   Interest-bearing transaction accounts                                  12,246,838     21,662,697     15,450,658
   Money market accounts                                                  46,155,611     42,993,844     29,221,646
   Savings                                                                 1,247,242      1,169,242        979,866
   Certificates of deposit:
      $100,000 and over                                                   21,883,622     23,285,939     19,061,313
      Other                                                               36,648,833     26,595,703     16,640,220
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total deposits                                                  145,561,267    141,140,064    104,798,912
Federal funds purchased                                                          --             --       6,500,000
Notes payable                                                                300,000            --             --
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                        582,327        513,856        131,947
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total liabilities                                               146,443,594    141,653,920    111,430,859
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
Shareholders' equity:
   Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 3,000,000
      at September 30, 1996, 1,879,000 in 1995 and
      1994, issued and outstanding 1,662,360 shares
      at September 30, 1996, 1,463,400 shares in 1995
      and 1,462,400 shares in 1994                                            16,624         14,634         14,624
   Surplus                                                                 9,595,956      8,503,666      8,498,176
   Retained earnings                                                       4,740,402      3,558,208      2,356,378
   Net unrealized holding losses on
      available-for-sale securities                                          (29,677)       (24,361)       (88,265)
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------
         Total shareholders' equity                                       14,323,305     12,052,147     10,780,913
                                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------

         Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                     $160,766,899   $153,706,067   $122,211,772
                                                                        ============   ============   ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                    F-4
<PAGE> 64

<TABLE>
                                    ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                                Nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 and
                                  years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<CAPTION>
                                                                 September 30,                         December 31,
                                                              -------------------           ----------------------------------
                                                              1996           1995           1995           1994           1993
                                                              ----           ----           ----           ----           ----
                                                           (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
Interest income:
   Interest and fees on loans                              $8,325,759     $6,856,245    $ 9,393,945     $6,612,560     $5,211,099
   Interest on debt securities:
      Available-for-sale                                      493,807        501,104        741,709        365,279            --
      Held-to-maturity                                         28,544         22,729         30,674         25,573        300,246
   Interest on federal funds sold                             260,374        535,736        745,044        366,743        243,100
   Interest on certificates of deposit                            --           2,464          2,464          3,663         16,126
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Total interest income                                 9,108,484      7,927,278     10,913,836      7,373,818      5,770,571
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
Interest expense:
   Interest-bearing transaction accounts                      251,667        259,983        351,998        291,801        370,843
   Money market accounts                                    1,409,203      1,200,455      1,740,701      1,053,459        882,833
   Savings                                                     23,505         23,397         31,958         32,936         22,237
   Certificates of deposit:
      $100,000 and over                                     1,018,983        920,553      1,246,703        568,376        356,654
      Other                                                 1,277,152      1,104,108      1,513,251        621,537        450,755
   Federal funds purchased                                        949          2,681          2,681          2,325            --
   Notes payable                                                8,949            --             --             --             --
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Total interest expense                                3,990,408      3,511,177      4,887,292      2,570,434      2,083,322
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Net interest income                                   5,118,076      4,416,101      6,026,544      4,803,384      3,687,249
Provision for loan losses                                     143,739        290,000        630,734        449,962        162,462
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Net interest income after
         provision for loan losses                          4,974,337      4,126,101      5,395,810      4,353,422      3,524,787
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
Noninterest income:
   Service charges on deposit accounts                         95,034         97,878        131,640        168,018        171,634
   Other service charges and fee income                       744,788        514,363        712,853        624,346        492,849
   Data processing fees                                           --             --             --          12,900         52,400
   Loss on investment in Enterprise Fund, L.P.                (59,378)        (4,296)        (8,222)           --             --
   Gain on sale of debt securities                                --             --             --             --          26,774
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Total noninterest income                                780,444        607,945        836,271        805,264        743,657
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
Noninterest expense:
   Salaries                                                 1,676,699      1,299,819      1,710,740      1,231,596      1,056,433
   Payroll taxes and employee benefits                        346,218        229,044        332,220        282,477        266,400
   Occupancy                                                  236,598        205,526        275,179        269,259        266,358
   FDIC insurance                                               1,500        102,871        114,944        194,231        154,660
   Data processing                                             63,493         48,086        209,267        179,066        117,482
   Other operating                                          1,371,380      1,351,496      1,544,373      1,394,120      1,244,380
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Total noninterest expense                             3,695,888      3,236,842      4,186,723      3,550,749      3,105,713
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Income before income tax expense                      2,058,893      1,497,204      2,045,358      1,607,937      1,162,731
Income tax expense                                            792,553        587,227        741,091        606,756        410,908
                                                           ----------     ----------    -----------     ----------     ----------
      Net income                                           $1,266,340     $  909,977    $ 1,304,267     $1,001,181     $  751,823
                                                           ==========     ==========    ===========     ==========     ==========

      Earnings per share                                          .74            .55            .79            .62            .48

      Weighted average common shares                        1,496,933      1,463,157      1,463,219      1,461,312      1,460,000
         outstanding

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                    F-5
<PAGE> 65

<TABLE>
                                  ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                               Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                                  Nine months ended September 30, 1996 and
                                years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Net
                                                                                                     unrealized
                                                                                                    holding gains
                                                                                                     (losses) on
                                                    Common Stock                                      available-         Total
                                                    ------------                          Retained     for-sale       shareholders'
                                              Shares          Amount       Surplus        earnings    securities         equity
                                              ------          ------       -------        --------    ----------         ------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992                   1,460,000        $14,600     $8,485,400     $  764,083    $    --        $ 9,264,083
Net income                                         --             --             --         751,823         --            751,823
Dividends declared
   ($.05 per share)                                --             --             --         (73,000)        --            (73,000)
                                             ---------        -------     ----------     ----------    --------       -----------
Balance, December 31, 1993                   1,460,000         14,600      8,485,400      1,442,906         --          9,942,906
Cumulative effect of change
   in accounting for debt
   securities, net of tax effect                   --             --             --             --      (29,177)          (29,177)
Net income                                         --             --             --       1,001,181         --          1,001,181
Dividends declared
   ($.06 per share)                                --             --             --         (87,709)        --            (87,709)
Stock options exercised                          2,400             24         12,776            --          --             12,800
Change in net unrealized holding gains
   (losses) on available-for-sale
   securities, net of tax effect                   --             --             --             --      (59,088)          (59,088)
                                             ---------        -------     ----------     ----------    --------       -----------
Balance, December 31, 1994                   1,462,400         14,624      8,498,176      2,356,378     (88,265)       10,780,913
Net income                                         --             --             --       1,304,267         --          1,304,267
Dividends declared
   ($.07 per share)                                --             --             --        (102,437)        --           (102,437)
Stock warrants exercised                         1,000             10          5,490            --          --              5,500
Change in net unrealized holding gains
   (losses) on available-for-sale
   securities, net of tax effect                   --             --             --             --       63,904            63,904
                                             ---------        -------     ----------     ----------    --------       -----------
Balance, December 31, 1995                   1,463,400         14,634      8,503,666      3,558,208     (24,361)       12,052,147
Net income                                         --             --             --       1,266,340         --          1,266,340
Dividends declared
   ($.06 per share)                                --             --             --         (84,146)        --            (84,146)
Stock warrants exercised                       198,960          1,990      1,092,290            --          --          1,094,280
Change in net unrealized holding gains
   (losses) on available-for-sale
   securities, net of tax effect                   --             --             --             --       (5,316)           (5,316)
                                             ---------        -------     ----------     ----------    --------       -----------
Balance, September 30, 1996
   (unaudited)                               1,662,360        $16,624     $9,595,956     $4,740,402    $(29,677)      $14,323,305
                                             =========        =======     ==========     ==========    ========       ===========

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                    F-6
<PAGE> 66
<TABLE>
                                     ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                       Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow
                                 Nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 and
                                   years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
<CAPTION>
                                                                 September 30,                      December 31,
                                                             -------------------           ----------------------------------
                                                             1996           1995           1995           1994           1993
                                                             ----           ----           ----           ----           ----
                                                                 (Unaudited)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                            $ 1,266,340    $    909,977   $  1,304,267   $  1,001,181   $    751,823
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization                       160,607         130,665        177,454        147,346        148,597
         Provision for loan losses                           144,000         290,000        630,734        449,962        162,462
         Write-downs and losses on other real estate
           owned, net                                          6,646         242,138        152,982        138,757         22,362
         Net accretion of debt securities                     23,832        (228,521)      (149,398)       (70,037)        38,808
         Loss in investment in Enterprise Fund, L.P.          59,378           4,296          8,222            --             --
         Gain on sale of debt securities                         --              --             --             --         (26,774)
         (Increase) Decrease in accrued interest
           receivable                                         70,397        (217,437)      (380,400)      (211,592)       (45,799)
         (Increase) Decrease in prepaid expenses and
           other assets                                       71,208         (73,752)      (106,635)      (183,612)       (10,254)
         Increase (Decrease) in accounts payable and
           accrued expenses                                 (229,899)        241,541        425,670         31,393       (331,229)
                                                         -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash provided by operating activities      1,572,509       1,298,907      2,062,896      1,303,398        709,996
                                                         -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Net increase in federal funds sold                     10,605,000     (13,980,000)    (4,930,000)    (1,175,000)      (675,000)
   Purchases of available-for-sale debt securities        (8,922,967)    (13,677,537)   (20,877,229)   (10,994,009)           --
   Purchases of available-for-sale equity securities         (94,200)       (294,150)      (366,800)           --             --
   Purchases of held-to-maturity debt securities            (109,004)       (111,600)      (255,367)      (538,811)    (6,895,231)
   Proceeds from sales of debt securities                        --              --             --             --       1,530,083
   Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale
     debt securities                                      10,140,000      16,000,000     21,200,000      4,588,662            --
   Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns on
     held-to-maturity debt securities                          5,229         104,152        180,799         17,155      2,993,000
   Proceeds from maturity of certificates of deposit             --           98,000         98,000            --             --
   Net increase in loans outstanding                     (19,246,427)    (12,011,596)   (24,557,838)   (14,127,248)   (14,826,075)
   Capitalized expense on other real estate owned                --              --             --         (50,673)      (141,489)
   Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned                 --          302,011        292,417        115,244        270,683
   Purchases of office equipment and leasehold
     improvements                                           (241,686)       (198,497)      (288,503)      (194,835)      (190,994)
   Investment in Enterprise Fund, L.P.                      (520,500)       (100,000)      (100,500)           --             --
                                                         -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
            Net cash used in investing activities         (8,384,555)    (23,869,217)   (29,605,021)   (22,359,515)   (17,935,023)
                                                         -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Net increase in demand and savings accounts            (4,229,610)     22,473,762     22,161,043      4,076,677      8,617,844
   Net increase in certificates of deposit                 8,650,813      12,095,660     14,180,109     11,608,748     10,883,988
   Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased            --       (6,500,000)    (6,500,000)     6,500,000            --
   Proceeds from notes payable                               300,000             --             --             --             --
   Cash dividends paid                                       (84,146)        (76,827)      (124,373)       (84,023)       (54,750)
   Proceeds from exercise of stock warrants                1,094,280           5,500          5,500            --             --
   Proceeds from exercise of common stock options                --              --             --          12,800            --
                                                         -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net cash provided by financing activities         5,731,337      27,998,095     29,722,279     22,114,202     19,447,082
                                                         -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
         Net increase in cash and due from banks          (1,080,709)      5,427,785      2,180,154      1,058,085      2,222,055
Cash and due from banks, beginning of year                 8,109,804       5,929,650      5,929,650      4,871,565      2,649,510
                                                         -----------    ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash and due from banks, end of year                     $ 7,029,095    $ 11,357,435   $  8,109,804   $  5,929,650   $  4,871,565
                                                         ===========    ============   ============   ============   ============

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the year for:
      Interest                                           $ 4,017,213    $  3,404,523   $  4,759,095   $  2,501,376   $  2,054,447
      Income taxes                                           739,759         586,500        779,900        706,480        768,056
Noncash transactions:
   Transfers to other real estate owned in settlement
     of loans                                                 50,000             --             --         483,382        118,010
   Loans made to facilitate the sale of other real
     estate owned                                             50,000             --         449,895            --          33,500
   Transfer of held-for-sale securities to
     available-for-sale debt securities                          --              --             --       2,998,817            --
   Transfer of held-to-maturity debt securities to
      available-for-sale debt securities                         --              --             --       6,399,439            --
                                                         ===========    ============   ============   ============   ============

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


                                    F-7
<PAGE> 67

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

NOTE 1--ORGANIZATION

On May 9, 1995, Enterbank Holdings, Inc. (the Company) was formed as a bank
holding company.  Enterbank Holdings, Inc. exchanged 1,463,400 shares of
Enterbank Holdings, Inc. for all 73,170 (100%) of outstanding shares of
Enterprise Bank in a twenty-for-one stock exchange.  The merger represented a
combination of entities under common control and, accordingly, was accounted
for in a manner similar to a pooling of interest.  Therefore, results of
operations for periods prior to May 9, 1995 reflect the results of operations
for Enterprise Bank.

Additionally, Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc. was formed as a small
business investment company in 1995 and, on May 11, 1995, Enterbank Holdings,
Inc. acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Enterprise Capital Resources,
Inc.

NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Company provides a full range of banking services to individual and
corporate customers located within St. Louis, Missouri and the surrounding
communities through its subsidiary, Enterprise Bank (the Bank).  The Company
is subject to competition from other financial and nonfinancial institutions
providing financial services in the markets served by the Company's
subsidiaries.  Additionally, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to
the regulations of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic
examinations by those regulatory agencies.

The more significant accounting policies used by the Company in the
preparation of the consolidated financial statements are summarized below:

BASIS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT PRESENTATION

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries
have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles and conform to predominant practices within the banking industry.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to
make estimates and assumptions which significantly affect the reported
amounts in the consolidated financial statements.  Estimates which are
particularly susceptible to change in a short period of time include the
determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of real
estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of amounts
due from borrowers on loans.  Actual amounts could differ from those
estimates.


                                    F-8
<PAGE> 68

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company;
its banking subsidiary, Enterprise Bank (100% owned) and its merchant banking
company, Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc. (100% owned).  All significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

The Company currently classifies investments in debt and equity securities as
follows:

   Trading - includes securities which the Company has bought and held
   principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term.  The Company
   has not held any trading securities.

   Held-to-maturity - includes debt securities which the Company has the
   positive intent and ability to hold until maturity.

   Available-for-sale - includes debt and marketable equity securities not
   classified as held-to-maturity or trading (i.e., investments which the
   Company has no present plans to sell but may be sold in the future under
   different circumstances).

Debt securities classified as held-to-maturity are carried at amortized cost,
adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.
Unrealized holding gains and losses for held-to-maturity securities are
excluded from earnings and shareholders' equity.  Debt and equity securities
classified as available-for-sale are carried at estimated fair value.
Unrealized holding gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are
excluded from earnings and reported as a net amount in a separate component
of shareholders' equity until realized.  All previous fair value adjustments
included in the separate component of shareholders' equity are reversed upon
sale.

Transfers of securities between categories are recorded at fair value at the
date of transfer.  Unrealized holding gains or losses associated with
transfers of securities from the held-to-maturity category to the available-
for-sale category are recorded as a separate component of shareholders'
equity.

A decline in the market value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity
security below cost that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge
to earnings and the establishment of a new cost basis for the security.


                                    F-9
<PAGE> 69

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

For securities in the held-to-maturity and available-for-sale categories,
premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the lives of the
respective securities as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.
Dividend and interest income is recognized when earned.  Realized gains and
losses for securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity
are included in earnings and are derived using the specific-identification
method for determining the cost of securities sold.

INTEREST AND FEES ON LOANS
   
Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the
principal amount outstanding.  The recognition of interest income is
discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due or a significant
deterioration in the borrower's credit has occurred which, in management's
opinion, negatively impacts the collectibility of the loan. Subsequent
interest payments received on such loans are applied to principal if any doubt
exists as to the collectibility of such principal; otherwise, such receipts
are recorded as interest income.  Loans are returned to accrual status when
management believes full collectibility of principal and interest is expected.
</R.
The Company defers the recognition of loan origination fees, net of the cost
associated with originating such loans.  Deferred loan fees are accreted into
income over the life of the loan using the straight-line method, which
approximates the interest method.

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The allowance for loan losses is increased by provisions charged to expense
and is available to absorb charge-offs, net of recoveries.  Management
utilizes a systematic, documented approach in determining the appropriate
level of the allowance for loan losses.  Management's approach, which
provides for general and specific allowances, is based on current economic
conditions, past losses, collection experience, risk characteristics of the
portfolio, assessments of collateral values by obtaining independent
appraisals for significant properties, and such other factors which, in
management's judgment, deserve current recognition in estimating loan losses.

Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb
possible losses in the loan portfolio.  While management uses available
information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance
may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions and other factors.
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the
examination process, periodically review the Bank's loan portfolio.  Such
agencies may require the Bank to add to the allowance for loan losses based
on their judgments about and interpretations of information available to them
at the time of their examinations.


                                    F-10
<PAGE> 70

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan, as amended by SFAS No. 118, Accounting by Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan - Income Recognition and Disclosures (SFAS 118).  SFAS
114 defines the recognition criteria for loan impairment and the measurement
methods for certain impaired loans and loans for which terms have been
modified in troubled-debt restructurings.  Impairment of a loan is measured
by discounting the total expected future cash flows at the loan's effective
rate of interest as stated in the original loan agreement or at the fair
value of the collateral for a collateral-dependent loan.  SFAS 114 requires a
creditor to measure impairment based on the fair value of the collateral when
the creditor determines foreclosure is probable.  SFAS 118 allows the
creditor to use existing methods for recognizing interest income on impaired
loans.  The Company has elected to continue to use its existing nonaccrual
methods for recognizing interest income on impaired loans.  The adoption of
SFAS 114 and SFAS 118 resulted in no prospective adjustment to the provision
for loan losses.

OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

Other real estate owned represents property acquired through foreclosure or
deeded to the Company's subsidiary bank in lieu of foreclosure on loans on
which the borrowers have defaulted as to the payment of principal and
interest.  Other real estate owned is recorded on an individual asset basis
at the lower of (1) current fair value minus estimated selling costs or (2)
fair value at the time of the acquisition (cost).  If the fair value minus
estimated selling costs is less than cost, the deficiency is expensed or
recorded in a valuation reserve account through a provision against income.
Subsequent increases in the fair value minus estimated selling costs are
recorded through a reversal of the valuation reserve, but not below zero.

Gains and losses resulting from the sale of other real estate owned are
credited or charged to current period earnings.  Costs of maintaining and
operating other real estate owned are expensed as incurred, and expenditures
to complete or improve other real estate owned properties are capitalized if
the expenditures are expected to be recovered upon ultimate sale of the
property.

OFFICE EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Office equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and amortization computed using the straight-line
method over their respective estimated useful lives.


                                    F-11
<PAGE> 71

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

INCOME TAXES

The Company and its subsidiaries file consolidated federal income tax
returns.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of common shares and common stock equivalents outstanding
using the treasury stock method.  Common stock equivalents consist of stock
options and warrants to purchase common stock, neither of which have a
material dilutive effect on earnings per share.

CASH FLOW INFORMATION

For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from
banks to be cash and cash equivalents.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

For purposes of information included in note 13 regarding disclosures about
financial instruments, financial instruments are defined as cash, evidence of
an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that both:

   *  Imposes on one entity a contractual obligation to deliver cash or
      another financial instrument to a second entity or to exchange other
      financial instruments on potentially unfavorable terms with the second
      entity, and

   *  Conveys to that second entity a contractual right to receive cash or
      another financial instrument from the first entity or to exchange other
      financial instruments on potentially favorable terms with the first
      entity.


                                    F-12
<PAGE> 72

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

RECLASSIFICATION

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year amounts to conform
to the present year presentation.

NOTE 3--REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS

The Company's subsidiary bank is subject to regulations by regulatory
authorities which require the maintenance of minimum capital standards which
may affect the amount of dividends the Company's subsidiary bank can pay.

At December 31, 1995 and 1994, approximately $1,083,000 and $971,000,
respectively, of cash and due from banks represented required reserves on
deposits maintained by the Bank in accordance with Federal Reserve Bank
requirements.


NOTE 4--INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

A summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt and equity
securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Gross          Gross
                                                  Amortized     unrealized     unrealized        Estimated
                                                    cost          gains          losses          fair value
                                                  ---------     ----------     ----------        ----------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>          <C>               <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government corporations and agencies        $15,735,311      13,360        (50,270)         15,698,401
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock                         366,800         --             --              366,800
                                                 -----------      ------        -------          ----------
                                                 $16,102,111      13,360        (50,270)         16,065,201
                                                 ===========      ======        =======          ==========
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1994
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Gross          Gross
                                                  Amortized     unrealized     unrealized        Estimated
                                                    cost          gains          losses          fair value
                                                  ---------     ----------     ----------        ----------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>          <C>               <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of
U.S. government corporations and agencies        $15,873,640         530       (134,266)         15,739,904
                                                 ===========      ======        =======          ==========
</TABLE>

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt and equity securities
classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 1995, by contractual
maturity, are shown below.


                                    F-13
<PAGE> 73

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may
have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment
penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Amortized      Estimated
                                                             cost         fair value
                                                         ------------     ----------
   <S>                                                   <C>              <C>
   Due in one year or less                               $  6,775,630      6,749,436
   Due after one year through five years                    7,604,953      7,593,099
   Due after five years through ten years                   1,354,728      1,355,866
   Securities with no stated maturity                         366,800        366,800
                                                         ------------     ----------
                                                         $ 16,102,111     16,065,201
                                                         ============     ==========
</TABLE>

A summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt and equity
securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 1995 and 1994
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1995
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Gross          Gross
                                                  Amortized     unrealized     unrealized        Estimated
                                                    cost          gains          losses          fair value
                                                  ---------     ----------     ----------        ----------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>
Municipal bonds                                   $791,599        2,433         (4,226)           789,806
Mortgage-backed securities                          50,133          627            --              50,760
                                                  --------        -----        -------            -------
                                                  $841,732        3,060         (4,226)           840,566
                                                  ========        =====        =======            =======
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1994
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Gross          Gross
                                                  Amortized     unrealized     unrealized        Estimated
                                                    cost          gains          losses          fair value
                                                  ---------     ----------     ----------        ----------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>          <C>                <C>
Municipal bonds                                   $746,276          --         (22,411)           723,865
Mortgage-backed securities                          55,933          --          (1,608)            54,325
                                                  --------        -----        -------            -------
                                                  $802,209          --         (24,019)           778,190
                                                  ========        =====        =======            =======
</TABLE>

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities classified as
held-to-maturity at December 31, 1995, by contractual maturity, are shown
below.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because
borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Amortized      Estimated
                                                               cost         fair value
                                                             ---------      ----------
   <S>                                                       <C>             <C>
   Due in one year or less                                   $    --             --
   Due after one year through five years                      567,381        566,643
   Due after five years through ten years                     224,218        223,163
   Mortgage backed securities                                  50,133         50,760
                                                             --------        -------
                                                             $841,732        840,566
                                                             ========        =======
</TABLE>


                                    F-14
<PAGE> 74

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

There were no sales of investments in debt securities in 1995 or 1994.
Proceeds from sales of investments in debt securities during 1993 were
$1,530,083 with gross gains of $26,774 realized on those sales.  Debt
securities having a carrying value of $8,955,282 and $5,000,721 at December
31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, were pledged as collateral to secure public
deposits and for other purposes as required by law.

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system administered by the Federal
Housing Finance Board, the Bank is required to maintain an investment in the
capital stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (FHLB) in an amount
equal to the greater of 1% of the aggregate outstanding balance of loans
secured by dwelling units at the beginning of each year or .3% of the total
assets of Enterprise Bank.  The stock is recorded at cost which represents
redemption value.

NOTE 5--LOANS

A summary of loans by category at December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1995           1994
                                                             ----           ----
   <S>                                                   <C>              <C>
   Commercial and industrial loans                       $ 43,727,848     30,001,231
   Loans secured by real estate                            61,679,002     54,002,216
   Other                                                    5,089,353      1,714,356
                                                         ------------     ----------
                                                          110,496,203     85,717,803
   Less deferred loan fees                                     32,452         31,051
                                                         ------------     ----------
                                                         $110,463,751     85,686,752
                                                         ============     ==========
</TABLE>

The breakdown of loans secured by real estate at December 31, 1995 and 1994
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995          1994
                                                              ----          ----
   <S>                                                    <C>             <C>
   Business and personal loans                            $17,358,778     14,040,576
   Income-producing properties                             24,933,943     22,680,931
   Owner-occupied properties                                6,173,812      8,100,332
   Real estate development properties                      13,212,469      9,180,377
                                                          -----------     ----------
                                                          $61,679,002     54,002,216
                                                          ===========     ==========
</TABLE>

The Company's subsidiary bank grants commercial, residential, and consumer
loans throughout its service area, which consists primarily of the immediate
area in which the Bank is located.  The Company has a diversified loan
portfolio, with no particular concentration of credit in any one economic
sector; however, a substantial portion of the portfolio is concentrated in
and secured by real estate.  The ability of the Company's borrowers to honor
their contractual obligations is dependent upon the local economy and its
effect on the real estate market.


                                    F-15
<PAGE> 75

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

In connection with the investment in FHLB Stock, the Bank has obtained a $2
million line of credit from the FHLB.  As collateral for the line, the Bank
has entered into a blanket agreement which pledges first mortgage loans with
principal balances aggregating 150% of outstanding advances.  No advances on
the line were made during 1995.

Following is a summary of activity for the year ended December 31, 1995 of
loans to executive officers and directors or to entities in which such
individuals had beneficial interest as Shareholders, officers, or directors.
Such loans were made in the normal course of business on substantially the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at
the time for comparable transactions with other customers and did not involve
more than the normal risk of collectibility.

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                   <C>
   Balance, December 31, 1994                            $  4,851,636
   New loans                                                3,370,644
   Payments and other reductions                           (1,855,221)
                                                         ------------
   Balance, December 31, 1995                            $  6,367,059
                                                         ============
</TABLE>

A summary of activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995            1994           1993
                                                              ----            ----           ----
   <S>                                                     <C>             <C>              <C>
   Balance at beginning of year                            $1,000,000        722,000        606,000
   Provisions charged to operations                           630,734        449,962        162,462
   Loans charged off                                         (242,734)      (190,879)       (59,104)
   Recoveries of loans
          previously charged off                               12,000         18,917         12,642
                                                           ----------      ---------        -------
   Balance at end of year                                  $1,400,000      1,000,000        722,000
                                                           ==========      =========        =======
</TABLE>


                                    F-16
<PAGE> 76

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

A summary of impaired loans, which include nonaccrual loans, at December 31,
1995, follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Impaired loans                          Allowance for       Impaired loans with
Nonaccrual       continuing to        Total impaired      losses on        no related allowance
  loans         accrue interest            loans        impaired loans       for loan losses
- ----------      ---------------       --------------    --------------     --------------------
 <C>                <C>                  <C>               <C>                  <C>
 $106,504           948,510              1,055,014         166,045                     --
 ========           =======              =========         =======              ==========
</TABLE>

The average balance of impaired loans during 1995 was $1,252,362.  Loans
listed as impaired have been considered by Bank management in the loan loss
reserve calculation.

A summary of interest income on nonaccrual and other impaired loans for the
year ended December 31, 1995, follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Impaired loans
                                                             Nonaccrual    continuing to
                                                               loans      accrue interest    Total
                                                             ----------   ---------------    -----
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>            <C>
Income recognized                                             $   --          90,251         90,251
                                                              =======         ======         ======

Interest income had interest accrued                          $ 3,119         90,251         93,370
                                                              =======         ======         ======
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1994, the Bank had no loans on a nonaccrual basis.

NOTE 6--OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

A summary of activity in the valuation allowance for other real estate owned
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995            1994
                                                               ----            ----
   <S>                                                      <C>               <C>
   Balance at beginning of year                             $  75,000            --
   Provision charged to operations                            152,982         75,000
   Charge-offs and reversals                                 (207,982)           --
                                                            ---------         ------
   Balance at end of year                                   $  20,000         75,000
                                                            =========         ======
</TABLE>


                                    F-17
<PAGE> 77

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

NOTE 7--OFFICE EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

A summary of office equipment and leasehold improvements at December 31, 1995
and 1994 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995           1994
                                                               ----           ----
   <S>                                                     <C>             <C>
   Data processing equipment                               $  536,037        470,261
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment                          733,505        616,880
   Leasehold improvements                                     497,321        391,219
   Automobile                                                  26,426         26,426
                                                           ----------      ---------
                                                            1,793,289      1,504,786
   Less accumulated depreciation
       and amortization                                       997,912        820,458
                                                           ----------      ---------
                                                           $  795,377        684,328
                                                           ==========      =========
</TABLE>

Depreciation and amortization of office equipment and leasehold improvements
included in occupancy expense amounted to $177,454 in 1995,  $147,346 in 1994
and $148,597 in 1993.

The Company's banking facility is leased under an agreement that expires in
1999.  The Company has options to renew the lease for three additional
five-year periods with future rentals to be agreed upon.   This lease provides
that the Company pay taxes, maintenance, insurance, and certain other
operating expenses applicable to the leased premises.  Two portions of the
premises are sublet and the proceeds are used to reduce the Company's
occupancy expenses.  Rent expense amounted to $285,178, $240,905 and $224,044
in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, and sublease rental income amounted to
$82,394 in 1995, $40,780 in 1994 and $43,200 in 1993.  The Company leases its
operating facilities from a partnership in which a director and an officer
have an ownership interest.  The future minimum rental commitments required
under the lease are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Year                                        Amount
   ----                                       --------
   <S>                                        <C>
   1996                                       $294,318
   1997                                        307,068
   1998                                        307,068
   1999                                        102,356
                                              ========
</TABLE>

Total minimum future rental payments in 1996 will be reduced by $52,214 of
sublease rentals to be received in the future under two noncancellable
subleases expiring on May 31, 1996 and October 31, 1996.


                                    F-18
<PAGE> 78

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

NOTE 8--INVESTMENT IN ENTERPRISE FUND, L. P.

The Company and its subsidiaries have a 10% interest in a limited liability
merchant banking partnership, Enterprise Fund L.P., for which a subsidiary of
the Company serves as the general partner.  Through December 31, 1995, the
Company has invested $100,500 in the partnership, and has an additional
$904,500 in future capital commitments.  These capital commitments are
payable at the partnership's discretion but cannot exceed $333,000 in any one
year.  This investment, which is accounted for using the equity method of
accounting, had a carrying value of $92,278 at December 31, 1995.

NOTE 9--INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1994 and 1993 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1995           1994           1993
                                               ----           ----           ----
   <S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>
   Current:
     Federal                                 $711,751        572,540        387,110
     State                                     84,086         90,622         70,698
   Deferred                                   (54,746)       (56,406)       (46,900)
                                             --------        -------        -------
                                             $741,091        606,756        410,908
                                             ========        =======        =======
</TABLE>

A reconciliation of expected income tax expense, computed by applying the
statutory federal income tax rate of 34% in 1995, 1994 and 1993, to income
before income taxes and the amounts reflected in the consolidated statements
of income is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1995           1994           1993
                                                ----           ----           ----
   <S>                                        <C>             <C>            <C>
   Income tax expense at statutory rate       $695,422        546,699        395,328
   Increase (reduction) in income taxes
   resulting from:
      Tax-exempt income                        (24,660)       (12,989)        (5,018)
      State and local income taxes,
          net of federal income tax benefit     55,497         59,810         46,661
      Other, net                                14,832         13,236        (26,063)
                                              --------        -------        -------
           Total tax expense                  $741,091        606,756        410,908
                                              ========        =======        =======
</TABLE>


                                    F-19
<PAGE> 79

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

A net deferred income tax asset of $337,701 and $315,877 is included in
prepaid expenses and  other assets in the consolidated balance sheets at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The tax effect of temporary
differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets
and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 1995 and 1994  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1995            1994
                                                                ----            ----
   <S>                                                         <C>             <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
    Allowance for loan losses                                  $412,140        290,064
    Other real estate owned                                       7,493         53,194
    Unrealized losses on securities available for sale           12,549         45,471
    Other                                                        11,493            --
                                                               --------        -------
     Total deferred tax assets                                  443,675        388,729
   Deferred tax liabilities:
    Deferred loan fees                                           68,244         40,769
    Office equipment and leasehold improvements                  37,730         32,083
                                                               --------        -------
     Total deferred tax liabilities                             105,974         72,852
                                                               --------        -------
     Net deferred tax asset                                    $337,701        315,877
                                                               ========        =======
</TABLE>

A valuation allowance would be provided on deferred tax assets when it is
more likely than not that some portion of the assets will not be realized.
The Company has not established a valuation allowance as of December 31,
1995, due to management's belief that all criteria for recognition have been
met, including the existence of a history of taxes paid sufficient to support
the realization of the deferred tax assets.

NOTE 10--SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

There were outstanding warrants to purchase 9,950 and 10,000 shares of the
Bank common stock at $110 per share on December 31, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  The warrants became exercisable in 1990 and expire on June 30,
1996.  Warrants representing 50 shares have been exercised as of December 31,
1995 and exchanged for 1,000 shares of the Company's common stock.

NOTE 11--COMPENSATION PLANS

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Bank has a qualified stock option plan for the Bank's Executive Committee
and key employees.  Under the Plan, no employee will be granted stock options
if that employee owns 10% or more of the stock.  All options must be
exercised within a period of less than 10 years from the date of grant.  The
exercise price of the options may not be less than the fair value of the
common stock at the time the options are granted.


                                    F-20
<PAGE> 80

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

The first portion of the incentive stock option plan is for the benefit of
the Executive Committee.  It gives the Bank's Board of Directors (the Board)
the discretion to grant members of the Executive Committee options to
purchase up to an aggregate of 5% of the 48,000 shares of common stock
originally issued by the Bank at the time of incorporation (2,400 shares).
During 1989, the Board granted options to Executive Committee members to
purchase 2,400 shares of Enterprise Bank common stock at an option price of
$100 per share.  Options become exercisable at the rate of 20% per year.

The second portion of the incentive stock option plan is for the benefit of
selected employees of the Bank (key employees) and gives the Board the
discretion to award to such key employees options equal to 10% of the 48,000
shares of common stock originally issued by the Bank at the time of
incorporation (4,800 shares).  During 1989, the Board granted options to key
employees to purchase 4,800 shares of Enterprise Bank common stock at an
option price of $100 per share.  Options become exercisable at the rate of
20% per year.  At December 31, 1995 and 1994, 100 shares forfeited by
participants were available for future issuance under the plan.

As a result of a secondary common stock offering in 1990, the Bank's
shareholders approved a second qualified stock option plan for members of the
Executive Committee and key employees.  The provisions are identical to the
first plan described previously, and give the Board discretion to grant
additional options to purchase up to 1,250 shares to members of the Executive
Committee and up to 2,500 shares to key employees.  Effective December 1,
1992, the Board of Directors granted options under this second plan to
Executive Committee members to purchase 1,250 shares of Enterprise Bank
common stock and key employees to purchase 2,500 shares with an exercise
price of $140 per share.  At December 31, 1995, 80 shares forfeited by
participants were available for future issuance under the plan.

Following is a summary of the various plan transactions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Number       Price
                                               of shares    per share       Total
                                               ---------    ---------       -----
   <S>                                          <C>       <C>             <C>
   December 31, 1993                            10,500    $ 100 - 140     $1,222,000
      Granted                                      250         140            35,000
      Exercised                                   (120)     100 - 140        (12,800)
      Forfeited                                    (80)        140           (11,200)
                                                ------    -----------     ----------
   December 31, 1994                            10,550    $ 100 - 140      1,233,000
      Granted                                      100         185            18,500
      Forfeited                                    --          --                --
                                                ------    -----------     ----------
   December 31, 1995                            10,650    $ 100 - 185     $1,251,500
                                                ======    ===========     ==========
</TABLE>


                                    F-21
<PAGE> 81

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted a 401(k) thrift plan which
covers substantially all full-time employees over the age of 21.  The amount
charged to expense for contributions to the plan was $30,000 for both 1995
and 1994 and $22,452 in 1993.

NOTE 12--LITIGATION

Various legal claims have arisen during the normal course of business which,
in the opinion of management, after discussion with legal counsel, will not
result in any material liability.

NOTE 13--DISCLOSURES ABOUT FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Bank issues financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the
normal course of the business of meeting the financing needs of its
customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit
and standby letters of credit.  These instruments may involve, to varying
degrees, elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amounts
recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company's extent of involvement and potential exposure to credit loss in
the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument
for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented
by the contractual amount of these instruments.  The Bank uses the same
credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does
for financial instruments included on its balance sheets.

The contractual amount of off-balance-sheet financial instruments as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1995          1994
                                               ----          ----
   <S>                                     <C>             <C>
   Commitments to extend credit            $51,501,823     32,556,015
   Standby letters of credit                 3,114,206      2,403,889
                                           ===========     ==========
</TABLE>

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.
Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination
clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Of the total commitments to extend
credit at December 31, 1995, approximately $63,500 represents fixed rate loan
commitments.  Since certain of the commitments may expire without being drawn
upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash
requirements.  The Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a
case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary
by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit
evaluation of the borrower.  Collateral held varies, but may include accounts
receivable, inventory, premises and equipment, and real estate.


                                    F-22
<PAGE> 82

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to
guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  These standby
letters of credit are primarily issued to support contractual obligations of
Bank customers.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is
essentially the same as the risk involved in extending loans to customers.

At December 31, 1995, the Company adopted the provisions of  SFAS 107,
Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments.  SFAS 107 extends
existing fair value disclosure for some financial instruments by requiring
disclosure of the fair value of such financial instruments, both assets and
liabilities recognized and not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Following is a summary of the carrying amounts and fair values of the
Company's financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheets at
December 31, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1995
                                                            -----------------------
                                                            Carrying      Estimated
                                                             amount      fair value
                                                            --------     ----------
   <S>                                                   <C>             <C>
   Balance sheet assets:
      Cash and due from banks                            $  8,109,804      8,109,804
      Federal funds sold                                   16,230,000     16,230,000
      Investments in debt and equity securities            16,906,933     16,905,767
      Loans, net                                          109,063,751    110,714,776
      Accrued interest receivable                             981,042        981,042
                                                         ============    ===========
   Balance sheet liabilities:
      Deposits                                           $141,140,064    141,444,569
      Accrued interest payable                                287,199        287,199
                                                         ============    ===========
</TABLE>

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instruments for which it is practical to estimate
such value:

CASH AND OTHER SHORT-TERM INSTRUMENTS

For cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and accrued interest
receivable (payable), the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair
value, as such instruments reprice in a short time period.

INVESTMENTS IN DEBT AND EQUITY SECURITIES

Fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.


                                    F-23
<PAGE> 83

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

LOANS

The fair value of adjustable-rate loans approximates cost.  The fair value of
fixed-rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the
current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

DEPOSITS

The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts,
money market accounts and savings deposits is the amount payable on demand at
the reporting date.  The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit
is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar
remaining maturities.

COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT AND STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit
are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar
agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements, the
likelihood of the counterparties drawing on such financial instruments, and
the present credit worthiness of such counterparties.  The Company believes
such commitments have been made on terms which are competitive in the markets
in which it operates; however, no premium or discount is offered thereon and
accordingly, the Company has not assigned a value to such instruments for
purposes of this disclosure.

LIMITATIONS - Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time,
based on relevant market information and information about the financial
instrument.  These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that
could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings
of a particular financial instrument.  Because no market exists for a
significant portion of the Company's financial instruments, fair value
estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience,
current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial
instruments, and other factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and
involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment, and therefore,
cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions could
significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off balance sheet financial
instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future
business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered
financial instruments.  In addition, the tax ramifications related to the
realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect
on fair value estimates and have not been considered in many of the
estimates.


                                    F-24
<PAGE> 84

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

NOTE 14--PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
                        Condensed Balance Sheets
<CAPTION>
                                                                      December 31
                                                                         1995
                                                                      -----------
             Assets
             ------
<S>                                                                  <C>
Cash                                                                 $    26,466
Investment in Enterprise Bank                                         11,849,039
Investment in Enterprise Capital Resources                               101,195
Investment in Enterprise Fund, L.P.                                       82,612
Other assets                                                              13,000
                                                                     -----------
   Total assets                                                      $12,072,312
                                                                     ===========

   Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
   ------------------------------------
Accounts payable and other liabilities                               $    20,165
Shareholders' equity                                                  12,052,147
                                                                     -----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                        $12,072,312
                                                                     ===========

<CAPTION>
               Condensed Statements of Operations

                                                                      Year Ended
                                                                      December 31
                                                                         1995
                                                                      -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>
Income:
     Dividends from subsidiaries                                     $   300,000
                                                                     -----------

Expenses:
     Loss on investment in Enterprise Fund, L.P.                           7,388
     Other expenses                                                       27,460
                                                                     -----------
       Total expenses                                                $    34,848
                                                                     -----------
       Income before tax benefit and equity in
         undistributed earnings of subsidiaries                          265,152
Income tax benefit                                                        13,590
                                                                     -----------
       Income before equity in undistributed earnings
         of subsidiaries                                                 278,742
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries                       1,025,525
                                                                     -----------
       Net income                                                    $ 1,304,267
                                                                     ===========
</TABLE>


                                    F-25
<PAGE> 85

              ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
              Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                  December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

<TABLE>
                   Condensed Statements of Cash Flow
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended
                                                                      December 31
                                                                         1995
                                                                      -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net Income                                                        $1,304,267
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
       cash provided by operating activities:
         Net income of subsidiaries                                    (1,325,525)
         Dividends from subsidiaries                                      300,000
         Other, net                                                        14,553
                                                                       ----------
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating
             activities                                                   293,295
                                                                       ----------

Cash flows from investing activities:
     Capital contributions to subsidiaries                               (100,000)
     Investment in Enterprise Fund, L.P.                                  (90,000)
                                                                       ----------
           Net cash provided by (used in) investing
             activities                                                  (190,000)
                                                                       ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Payment of stock dividends                                           (76,829)
                                                                       ----------
           Net cash provided by (used in)
             financing activities                                         (76,829)
                                                                       ----------
           Net increase (decrease) in cash
             and cash equivalents                                          26,466
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                    0
                                                                       ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                 $   26,466
                                                                       ==========
</TABLE>


    
   
NOTE 15--BASIS OF PRESENTATION--INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of all
significant intercompany accounts and transactions. The unaudited interim
financial statements reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of
management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim
periods presented. All adjustments made were of a normal recurring nature.
    


                                    F-26
<PAGE> 86

=======================================================
   
<TABLE>
                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

<CAPTION>
                                                   Page
                                                   ----
<S>                                                <C>
Prospectus Summary                                    1
Risk Factors                                          5
The Company                                           8
Use of Proceeds                                       9
Capitalization                                       10
Dilution                                             10
Business                                             12
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of Operations      17
Supervision and Regulation                           36
Management                                           41
Beneficial Ownership of Securities                   47
Dividends                                            49
Market for Common Stock                              49
Description of Capital Stock                         49
Certain Transactions                                 52
Plan of Distribution                                 53
Legal Matters                                        54
Experts                                              55
Index to Financial Statements                       F-1
</TABLE>
    

                    ---------------

NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION
OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH OTHER INFORMATION AND
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE
DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER
THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES.
THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN
ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION
IS UNLAWFUL.
=======================================================



=======================================================




                     451,612 Shares


                ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.


                      Common Stock









                   ------------------
                       Prospectus
                             , 1996
                   ------------------




=======================================================
<PAGE> 87

                              PART II

              INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

   The estimated expenses to be paid by the Company in connection with the
distribution of the securities being registered, other than underwriting
discounts and commissions, are as follows:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                      <C>
   Securities and Exchange Commission Fee                   $   3,000
                                                            ---------
   Accounting Fees and Expenses                             $  35,000
                                                            ---------
   Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                               $   2,000
                                                            ---------
   Legal Fees and Expenses                                  $  50,000
                                                            ---------
   Printing Expenses                                        $  20,000
                                                            ---------
   Miscellaneous Expenses                                   $  10,000
                                                            ---------
      Total                                                 $ 120,000
                                                            =========
</TABLE>

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

   Under Sections 102(b)(7) and 145 of the Delaware General Corporate Law
("DGCL"), the Company has broad power to indemnify and insure its directors
and officers against liabilities they may incur in their capacities as such.

   Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to adopt a provision in
its Certificate of Incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal
liability of a director to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except that such
provision shall not limit the liability of a director for: (i) any breach of
the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders; (ii)
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct
or a knowing violation of law; (iii) liability under Section 174 of the DGCL
for unlawful payment of dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or (iv)
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
The Company's Certificate of Incorporation limits the personal liability of
the Company's directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent
permissible under applicable law.

   Under Section 145 of the DGCL, a corporation may indemnify any person made
a party or threatened to be made a party to any type of proceeding (other
than an action by or in the right of the corporation) because he is or was an
officer, director, employee or agent of the corporation, or was serving at
the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation or entity, against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such
proceeding: (i) if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; or
(ii) in the case of a criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to
believe that his conduct was unlawful.  A corporation may indemnify any
person made a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened,
pending or completed action or suit brought by or in the right of the
corporation because he was an officer, director, employee or agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or other entity,
against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such
action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,
except that there may be no such


                                    II-1
<PAGE> 88

indemnification if the person is found liable to the corporation unless, in
such a case, the court determines the person is entitled thereto.  A
corporation must indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent against
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him who successfully defends
himself in a proceeding to which he was a party because he was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation.  Expenses incurred by an
officer or director (or other employees or agents as deemed appropriate by the
Board of Directors) in defending a civil or criminal proceeding may be paid by
the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon
delivery of a written affirmation by the director of his good faith belief
that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and
upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to
repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled
to be indemnified by the corporation.  The Delaware law indemnification and
expense advancement provisions are not exclusive of any other rights which may
be granted by the bylaws, a vote of shareholders or disinterested directors,
agreement or otherwise.  The Company's Bylaws provide for the indemnification
of (but not advancement of defense costs to the) directors and officers (but
not employees and agents) of the Company to the fullest extent not prohibited by
Delaware law.

   The Company has also obtained directors and officers liability insurance
covering, subject to certain exceptions, actions taken by the Company's
directors and officers in their capacities as such.

   The indemnification and insurance provisions discussed above may be
sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Company's officers and
directors for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.  The Company has
been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission is of the opinion
that indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act is against
public policy.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

   On September 30, 1996, the Company issued 198,960 shares of its Common
Stock to holders of common stock of the Bank incidental to a plan of
reorganization for the purpose of making the Company the sole owner of Bank
capital stock.  Such securities were issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act of 1933.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

   (a)  Exhibits

   The exhibits are as set forth in the Exhibit Index.

   (b)  Financial Statement Schedules

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

   The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are
   being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

           (i)   To include any prospectus required by
      Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;


                                    II-2
<PAGE> 89

           (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
      arising after the effective date of the registration statement
      (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
      individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
      in the information set forth in the registration statement.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume
      of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities
      offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
      deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum
      offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
      with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate,
      the changes in volume and price represent no more than a
      20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set
      forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the
      effective registration statement; and

           (iii) To include any material information with respect to
      the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
      registration statement or any material change to such information
      in the registration statement.

      (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
   Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
   to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
   therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
   be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
   any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination
   of the offering.

      (4)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
   Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
   persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise,
   the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
   Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
   expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a
   claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
   the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
   controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
   suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
   person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant
   will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has been settled by
   controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
   question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
   expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such
   issue.


                                    II-3
<PAGE> 90

                                SIGNATURES
   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned
Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of Clayton, State of Missouri, on the 9th day of December, 1996
    
                                   ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.

                                   By        /s/ Fred H. Eller
                                     ----------------------------------
                                     Fred H. Eller
                                     Chief Executive Officer


   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                               TITLE                                 DATE
                ---------                               -----                                 ----
  <S>                                     <C>                                             <C>

          /s/ Fred H. Eller
   ------------------------------------   Chief Executive Officer and Director            December 9, 1996
         Fred H. Eller
         Principal Executive Officer


         /s/ Joseph D. Garea
   ------------------------------------   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and          December 9, 1996
         Joseph D. Garea                  Director
         Principal Financial Officer


         /s/ James C. Wagner
   ------------------------------------   Vice President and Controller                   December 9, 1996
         James C. Wagner
         Principal Accounting Officer


                   <F*>
   ------------------------------------   Director                                        December 9, 1996
         Kevin C. Eichner


                   <F*>
   ------------------------------------   Director                                        December 9, 1996
         Robert F. Saur


                   <F*>
   ------------------------------------   Director                                        December 9, 1996
         Henry D. Warshaw
<FN>

                                        <F*>By    /s/ Joseph D. Garea
                                              -----------------------------
                                              Joseph D. Garea, Attorney-in-Fact

Joseph D. Garea, by signing his name hereto, does sign this document
on behalf of the persons named above, pursuant to a power of attorney
duly executed by such persons, filed herewith as Exhibit 24.1.
</TABLE>
    
                                    II-4

<PAGE> 91

   
<TABLE>
                                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number                                              Description
- ------                                              -----------
<C>     <S>
3.1     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.

3.2     The Company's Bylaws, as amended.

5.1     Opinion of Polsinelli, White, Vardeman & Shalton, P.C.

10.1    Lease with respect to the Company's Clayton banking facility.

10.2    Escrow Agreement with respect to funds received for subscriptions under the Offering.

11.1    Statement re computation of per share earnings.

16.1    Letter of Ernst & Young LLP regarding change in certifying accountant.

21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Company.

23.1    Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP with regard to the use of its report of the Company's financial statements.

23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP with regard to the use of its report of the Company's financial statements.

23.3    Consent of Polsinelli, White, Vardeman & Shalton, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1    Powers of Attorney (filed on October 24, 1996, as Exhibit 24.1 to the Company's Registration Statement
        and incorporated herein by this reference).

99.1    Cover letter to accompany the prospectus.

</TABLE>
    

<PAGE> 92

                               APPENDIX

Page 2 of the Registration Statement contains performance charts depicting
Earnings Per Share, Net Income and Total Assets.


<PAGE> 1

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                          ----------------------------

                                      OF
                                      --

                           ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
                           ------------------------

     The undersigned, being a natural person of the age of eighteen (18)
years or more, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the "General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware", does hereby adopt the following
Articles of Incorporation:

                                  ARTICLE ONE
                                  -----------

     The name of the corporation is Enterbank Holdings, Inc.

                                  ARTICLE TWO
                                  -----------

     The address of the corporation's initial registered office in the State
of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, Delaware, 19801,
County of New Castle, and the name of its initial registered agent at such
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

                                 ARTICLE THREE
                                 -------------

     The corporation is formed for the specific purpose to act as a bank
holding company, as defined by the Bank Holding Company Act and any amendments
thereto, and is authorized to engage in any and all activities permitted
under that Act as well as to engage in all other lawful acts or activities
for which corporations may be organized under the "General Corporation Law
of the State of Delaware".

                                 ARTICLE FOUR
                                 ------------

     The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority
to issue shall be one million eight hundred seventy nine thousand (1,879,000)
shares of common stock par value $.01 each.

     The distinguishing preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions
and special or relative rights in respect to the common stock is as follows:

     (a)  In all elections of Directors of this Corporation, each common
shareholder shall have the right to cast as many votes as shall equal (x) the
number of such shares held by him or her and multiplied by (y) the number of
Directors to be elected, and he or she may cast all of such votes for a
single Director or may distribute them among the number of Directors to be
elected, or any two (2) or more of them, as such shareholder may deem fit.

<PAGE> 2

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                                  ------------

     No holder of any shares of stock of the corporation, whether now or
hereafter authorized or outstanding, shall have any preemptive or preferential
right of any kind to acquire, subscribe for or have offered to him any shares
of stock or any other securities of the corporation, whether such stock or
other securities are now or hereafter authorized or issued.

                                  ARTICLE SIX
                                  -----------

     The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

                             Dennis S. Dockins
                             10 South Broadway
                             Suite 1800
                             St. Louis, MO 63102

                                 ARTICLE SEVEN
                                 -------------

     The number of directors shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in,
the By-laws of the corporation. Unless and except to the extent that the
By-laws of the corporation shall so require, the election of the directors
of the corporation need not be by written ballot.

                                 ARTICLE EIGHT
                                 -------------

     In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws
of the State of Delaware, the board of directors is expressly authorized and
empowered:

     (a)  to make, alter, change, add to or repeal the By-laws of the
corporation.

     (b)  subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, from time to time to
sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any part or parts of the properties of
the corporation and to cease to conduct the business connected therewith or
again to resume the same, as it may deem best; and

     (c)  in addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore stated or
conferred upon the board of directors by the laws of the State of Delaware,
to execute all such powers and to do all acts and things as may be exercised
or done by the corporation; subject, however, to the express provisions of
said laws, this certificate of incorporation and the By-laws of the corporation.

                                 ARTICLE NINE
                                 ------------

     Any director or any officer of the corporation elected or appointed by
the stockholders of the corporation or by its board of directors may be
removed at any time in the manner prescribed by the By-laws of the corporation.


                                     - 2 -

<PAGE> 3

                                  ARTICLE TEN
                                  -----------

     The duration of the corporation is perpetual.

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN
                                 --------------

     The corporation shall indemnify all its directors and officers to the
fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware and as further set forth in the By-laws.

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE
                                 --------------

     No director shall be personally liable to the corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such
director, as a director; provided, however, a director shall be liable to the
extent provided by applicable law (i) for any breach of the director's duty
of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) for liability under Section 174 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or
modification of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the corporation existing hereunder with respect
to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this   29th   day
                                                          --------
of December, 1994.



                                             /s/ Dennis S. Dockins
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                                   Dennis S. Dockins


                                     - 3 -

<PAGE> 4

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                      TO
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                           ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
                           ------------------------

     Enterbank Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and
by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"Corporation"), does hereby certify:

     FIRST:  That the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a meeting duly
convened and held adopted the following resolution:

     RESOLVED,  that the Certificate of Incorporation of Enterbank Holdings,
     Inc. is hereby amended so that ARTICLE FOUR thereof shall read in its
     entirety as follows:

                                 "ARTICLE FOUR
                                  ------------

          The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have
     authority to issue shall be three million (3,000,000) shares of common
     stock par value $.01 each.

     The distinguishing preferences, qualifications, limitations,
     restrictions and special or relative rights in respect to the common
     stock are as follows:

          In all elections of Directors of the Corporation, each common
          shareholder shall have the right to cast as many votes as shall
          equal (x) the number of shares held by him or her, and multiplied
          by (y) the number of Directors to be elected, and he or she may
          cast all of such votes for a single Director or may distribute them
          among the number of Directors to be elected, or any two (2) or more
          of them, as such shareholder may deem fit."

     SECOND:  That said amendment has been approved and authorized by the
holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Common Stock entitled to
vote, on July 25, 1996 at a special meeting of the stockholders called and held
upon notice in accordance with the provisions of Section 222 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     THIRD:  That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with
the applicable provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware.


<PAGE> 5

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by Fred H. Eller, President of the Corporation, this _____ day of
July, 1996.



                                                 /s/ Fred H. Eller
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Fred H. Eller, President


ATTEST:



/s/ Frank J. Sgroi
- ----------------------------------
Frank J. Sgroi, Secretary


STATE OF MISSOURI       )
                        )
COUNTY OF ST. LOUIS     )

     I, Kimberly D.H. Crossman, a Notary Public, do hereby certify that on
        ----------------------
this  30th  day of July, 1996, personally appeared before me Fred H. Eller
     ------
who being by me first duly sworn, declared that he is the President of
Enterbank Holdings, Inc., that he signed the foregoing document as President
of the Corporation, and that the statements therein contained are true.




                                          /s/ Kimberly D.H. Crossman
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Notary Public

My Commission Expires:
     Kimberly D.H. Crossman
     Notary Public State of Missouri
     St. Louis County
     My Commission Expires Nov. 20, 1996
- ----------------------------------------
(SEAL)


                                       2


<PAGE> 1
                                     BYLAWS
                                     ------

                                      OF
                                      --

                           ENTERBANK HOLDINGS, INC.
                           ------------------------
                           (A Delaware Corporation)


     As used in these Bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the term:

     1.1  "Assistant Secretary" means an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation.

     1.2  "Assistant Treasurer" means an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation.

     1.3  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     1.4  "Bylaws" means the initial bylaws of the Corporation, as amended
from time to time.

     1.5  "Certificate of Incorporation" means the initial certificate of
incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, supplemented or restated from
time to time.

     1.6  "Corporation" means Enterbank Holdings, Inc.

     1.7  "Directors" means directors of the Corporation.

     1.8  "General Corporation Law" means the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

     1.9  "Office of the Corporation" means the executive office of the
Corporation, anything in Section 131 of the General Corporation Law to the
contrary notwithstanding.

     1.10 "President" means the President of the Corporation.

     1.11 "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Corporation.

     1.12 "Stockholders" means stockholders of the Corporation.



<PAGE> 2

     1.13 "Total number of directors" means the total number of directors
determined in accordance with Section 141(b) of the General Corporation Law
and Section 3.2 of the Bylaws.

     1.14 "Treasurer" means the Treasurer of the Corporation.

     1.15 "Vice President" means a Vice President of the Corporation.

     1.16 "Whole Board" means the total number of directors of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                  STOCKHOLDERS
                                  ------------

     2.1  Place of Meeting. Every meeting of stockholders shall be held at
          ----------------
the office of the Corporation or at such other place within or without the
State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notice of such
meeting or in the waiver or notice thereof.

     2.2  Annual Meeting. A meeting of stockholders shall be held annually
          --------------
for the election of directors and the transaction of other business at such
hour as may be determined by the Board on the fourth Thursday in April of each
year, starting in 1996, or the next succeeding business day if that day is a
legal holiday.

     2.3  Deferred Meeting for Election of Directors, Etc. If the annual
          ------------------------------------------------
meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of
other business is not held within the month specified in Section 2.2, the
Board shall call a meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and
the transaction of other business as soon thereafter as convenient.

     2.4  Other Special Meetings. A special meeting of stockholders (other
          ----------------------
than a special meeting of the election of directors), unless otherwise
prescribed by statute, may be called at any time by the President, by a
majority of the Board or upon written request of the holders of at least
fifty percent (50%) of all of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to
vote, provided they


                                    2
<PAGE> 3

shall make written application to the Secretary stating the time, place, and
purpose or purposes, and the Secretary shall thereupon call the meeting and
issue notice as herein provided. At any special meeting of stockholders,
only such business may be transacted as is related to the purpose or purposes
of such meeting set forth in the notice thereof given pursuant to Section 2.6
of the Bylaws or in any waiver of notice thereof given pursuant to Section
2.7 of the Bylaws.

     2.5  Fixing Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders
          ------------------
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled
to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any
rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion
or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the
Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination
of stockholders. Such date shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten
days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any
other action. If no such record date is fixed:

          2.5.1  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to
     notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close
     of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given,
     or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next
     preceding the day on which the meeting is held;

          2.5.2  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to
     express consent to corporation action in writing without a meeting,
     when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the day on which
     the first written consent is expressed;


                                    3
<PAGE> 4

          2.5.3  The record date for determining stockholders for any purpose
     other than those specified in Sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 shall be at the
     close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution
     relating thereto.

When a determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this Section 2.5, such
determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board fixes
a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

     2.6  Notice of Meetings of Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided in
          ----------------------------------
Sections 2.5 and 2.7 of the Bylaws, whenever under the General Corporation Law
or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, stockholders are required
or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice shall be given
stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special
meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. A copy of
the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than
ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder
entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall
be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, with postage
prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the
records of the Corporation. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary or of the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice required
by this section has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie
evidence of the facts stated therein. When a meeting is adjourned to another
time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time
and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken, and at the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that might
have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If, however, the
adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after


                                    4
<PAGE> 5

the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice
of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record
entitled to vote at the meeting.

     2.7  Waivers of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given to any
          -----------------
stockholder under any provision of the General Corporation Law or the
Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed
by the stockholder entitled to notice, whether before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a
stockholder at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special
meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

     2.8  List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, or
          --------------------
cause to be prepared and made, at least ten days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each
stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.
Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose
germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at
least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where
the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of
the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be
held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the
meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder
who is present.


                                    5
<PAGE> 6

     2.9  Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment. The holders of a majority of
          -----------------------------------
the shares of stock entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, present
in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of any business at such meeting. When a quorum is once present to
organize a meeting of stockholders, it is not broken by the subsequent
withdrawal of any stockholders. The holders of a majority of the shares of
stock present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting of stockholders,
including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn
such meeting to another time and place.

     2.10  Voting; Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of
           ---------------
Incorporation, every stockholder of record shall be entitled at every meeting
of stockholders to one vote for each share of capital stock standing in his
name on the record of stockholders determined in accordance with Section 2.5
of the Bylaws. If the Certificate of Incorporation provides for more or less
than one vote for any share, on any matter, every reference in the Bylaws
or the General Corporation Law to a majority of other proportion of stock
shall refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock.
The provisions of Sections 212 and 217 of the General Corporation Law shall
apply in determining whether any shares of capital stock may be voted and the
persons, if any, entitled to vote such shares; but the Corporation shall be
protected in treating the persons in whose names shares of capital stock stand
on the record of stockholders as owners thereof for all purposes. At any
meeting of stockholders (at which a quorum was present to organize the
meeting), all matters, except as otherwise provided by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by the Bylaws, shall be decided by a majority
of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares present in person
or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, whether or not a quorum
is present when the vote is taken. All elections of directors shall be by



                                    6
<PAGE> 7

written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
In all elections for directors, each stockholder shall have as many votes as
shall equal the number of voting shares held by such stockholder in the
Corporation, multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and such
stockholder may cast all his votes, either in person or by proxy, for one
candidate or distribute then among two or more candidates. In voting on any
other question on which a vote by ballot is required by law or is demanded by
any stockholder entitled to vote, the voting shall be by ballot. Each ballot
shall be signed by the stockholder voting or by his proxy, and shall state
the number of shares voted. On all other questions, the voting may be by
viva voce. Every stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or
- ---- ----
to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. The
validity and enforceability of any proxy shall be determined in accordance
with Section 212 of the General Corporation Law.

     2.11  Denial of Preemptive Rights. No shareholder of the Corporation shall
           ---------------------------
have any preemptive right to subscribe for or to purchase, or to have offered
to him for subscription or purchase, any additional securities of the
Corporation.

     2.12  Selection and Duties of Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders.
           --------------------------------------------------------------
The Board, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, may appoint one or more
inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors
are not so appointed, the person presiding at such meeting may, and on the
request of any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall, appoint one or
more inspectors. In case any person appointed fails to appear or act, the
vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board in advance of the
meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector,
before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall


                                    7
<PAGE> 8

take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such
meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
The inspector or inspectors shall determine the number of shares outstanding
and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the
existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive
votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions
arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes,
ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper
to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request
of the person presiding at the meeting or any stockholder entitled to vote
thereat, the inspector or inspectors shall make a report in writing of any
challenge, question or matter determined by him or them and execute a
certificate of any fact found by him or them. Any report or certificate made
by the inspector or inspectors shall be prima facie evidence of the facts
stated and of the vote as certified by him or them.

     2.13  Organization. At every meeting of stockholders, the President, or
           ------------
in the absence of the President, a Vice President, and in case more than one
Vice President shall be present, that Vice President designated by the Board
(or in the absence of any such designation, the most senior Vice President,
based on age, present), shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary,
or in his absence one of the Assistant Secretaries, shall act as secretary
of the meeting. In case none of the officers above designated to act as
chairman or secretary of the meeting, respectively, shall be present, a
chairman or a secretary of the meeting, respectively, shall be present, a
chairman or a secretary of the meeting, as the case may be, shall be chosen
by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares of
capital stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote
at the meeting.


                                    8
<PAGE> 9

     2.14  Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of
           -----------------
stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting, but the
order of business to be followed at any meeting at which a quorum is present
may be changed by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders
of shares of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy and
entitled to vote at the meeting.

     2.15  Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise
           -------------------------------------------------
provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by the
General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any
annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a
meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing,
setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would
be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking
of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written
consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in
writing.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                   DIRECTORS
                                   ---------

     3.1  General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of
          --------------
Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may adopt such rules and
regulations, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation or the
Bylaws or applicable laws, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its
meetings and the management of the Corporation. In addition to the powers
expressly conferred


                                    9
<PAGE> 10

by the Bylaws, the Board may exercise all powers and perform all acts which
are not required, by the Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation or by law,
to be exercised and performed by the stockholders.

     3.2  Number; Qualification; Term of Office. The Board shall initially
          -------------------------------------
consist of four (4) members. The classes of directors shall be fixed
initially by the incorporator and may thereafter be changed from time to time
by action of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director
shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his
earlier death, resignation or removal.

     3.3  Election. Directors shall, except as otherwise required by law or
          --------
by the Certificate of Incorporation, be elected by a plurality of the votes
cast at a meeting of stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote
in the election.

     3.4  Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided
          -----------------------------------------
in the Certificate of Incorporation, newly created directorships resulting from
an increase in the number of directors and vacancies occurring in the Board
for any other reason, including the removal of directors without cause, may
be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although
less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, or may be elected by a
plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares of capital stock entitled
to vote in the election at a special meeting of stockholders called for that
purpose. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to hold office
until his successor is elected and qualified, or until his earlier death,
resignation or removal.

     3.5  Resignations. Any director may resign at any time by written notice
          ------------
to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein
specified, and, unless


                                    10
<PAGE> 11

otherwise specified, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary
to make it effective.

     3.6  Removal of Directors. Subject to the provisions of Section 141(k)
          --------------------
of the General Corporation Law, any or all of the directors may be removed
with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled
to vote at an election of directors.

     3.7  Compensation. Each director, in consideration of his service as such,
          ------------
shall be entitled to receive from the Corporation such amount per annum or such
fees for attendance at directors' meetings, or both, as the Board may from
time to time determine, together with reimbursement for the reasonable expenses
incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties. Each director
who shall serve as a member of any committee of directors in consideration of
his serving as such shall be entitled to such additional amount per annum or
such fees for attendance at committee meetings, or both, as the Board may
from time to time determine, together with reimbursement for the reasonable
expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties. Nothing contained
in this section shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation or
its subsidiaries in any other capacity and receiving proper compensation
therefor.

     3.8  Place and Time of Meetings of the Board. Meetings of the Board,
          ---------------------------------------
regular or special, may be held at any place within or without the State of
Delaware. The times and places for holding meetings of the board may be fixed
from time to time by resolution of the Board or (unless contrary to resolution
of the Board) in the notice of the meeting.

     3.9  Annual Meetings. On the day when and at the place where the annual
          ---------------
meeting of stockholders for the election of directors is held, and as soon as
practicable thereafter, the Board


                                    11
<PAGE> 12

may hold its annual meeting, without notice of such meeting, for the purposes
of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business.
The annual meeting of the Board may be held at any other time and place
specified in a notice given as provided in Section 3.11 of the Bylaws for
special meetings of the Board or in a waiver of notice thereof.

     3.10  Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such
           ----------------
times and places as may be fixed from time to time by the Board. Unless
otherwise required by the Board, regular meetings of the Board may be held
without notice. If any day fixed for a regular meeting of the Board shall be
a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday at the place where such meeting is
to be held, then such meeting shall be held at the same hour at the same place
on the first business day thereafter which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal
holiday.

     3.11  Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board shall be held
           ----------------
whenever called by the President or the Secretary or by a majority of the
directors. Notice of such special meeting of the Board shall, if mailed, be
addressed to each director at the address designated by him for the purpose
or, if none is designated, at his last known address at least three days
before the date on which the meeting is to be held; or such notice shall be
sent to each director at such address by telegraph, cable or wireless, or be
delivered to him personally, not later than the day before the date on which
such meeting is to be held. Every such notice shall state the time and place
of the meeting but need not state the purposes of the meeting, except to the
extent required by law. If mailed, each notice shall be deemed given when
deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in a post office or official
depository under the exclusive care and custody of the United States post
office department. Such mailing shall be by first class mail.


                                    12
<PAGE> 13

     3.12  Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the directors present at any
           ------------------
meeting of the Board, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a
quorum is present, may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice
of any adjourned meeting of the Board need not be given to any director whether
or not present at the time of the adjournment. Any business may be transacted
at any adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as
originally called.

     3.13  Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given to any
           ----------------
director or member of a committee of directors under any provision of the
General Corporation Law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, a
written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether
before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.
Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of
such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose
of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any
business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special
meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be
specified in any written waiver of notice.

     3.14  Organization. At each meeting of the Board, the President of the
           ------------
Corporation, or in the absence of the President, a chairman chosen by a majority
of the directors present, shall preside. The Secretary shall act as secretary
at each meeting of the Board. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any
meeting of the Board, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of
secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the
Secretary and all


                                    13
<PAGE> 14

Assistant Secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any
person to act as secretary of the meeting.

     3.15  Quorum of Directors. The lowest number of directors that constitutes
           -------------------
more than one half (1/2) of the elected Board of Directors shall constitute a
quorum, and the affirmative vote of not less than such number shall be required
in order to constitute the act of the Board of Directors.

     3.16  Action by the Board. All corporate action taken by the Board or any
           -------------------
committee thereof shall be taken at a meeting of the Board, or of such
committee, as the case may be, except that any action required or permitted to
be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be
taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case
may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with
the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Members of the Board, or
any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the
Board, or of such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference
telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a
meeting pursuant to this Section 3.16 shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation
or by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present (including those
who participate by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment) at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time, shall
be the act of the Board.


                                    14
<PAGE> 15

                                   ARTICLE 4

                            COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
                            -----------------------

     The Board may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board,
designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more
of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more
directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or
they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board
to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.
Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board,
shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the
management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize
the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it;
but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to
amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or
consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of
all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets,
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a
revocation of a dissolution, or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and,
unless the resolution designating it expressly so provides, no such committee
shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the
issuance of stock.


                                    15
<PAGE> 16

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                   OFFICERS
                                   --------

     5.1  Officers. The Board shall elect a President, a Secretary and a
          --------
Treasurer, and may elect or appoint a Chief Executive Officer, one or more
Vice Presidents and such other officers as it may determine. The Board may
designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice Presidents, and may
use descriptive words or phrases to designate the standing, seniority or area
of special competence of the Vice Presidents elected or appointed by it. Each
officer shall hold his office until his successor is elected and qualified or
until his earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner provided in
Section 5.2 of the Bylaws. Any two or more offices may be held by the same
person. The Board may require any officer to give a bond or other security for
the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such sureties
as the Board may determine. All officers as between themselves and the
Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the
management of the Corporation as may be provided in the Bylaws or as the Board
may from time to time determine.

     5.2  Removal of Officers. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board
          -------------------
may be removed by the Board with or without cause. The removal of an officer
without cause shall be without prejudice to his contract rights, if any. The
election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract
rights.

     5.3  Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by so notifying the
          ------------
Board, the President or the Secretary in writing. Such resignation shall take
effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at such later time as is therein
specified, and, unless otherwise specified, the


                                    16
<PAGE> 17

acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
The resignation of an officer shall be without prejudice to the contract
rights of the Corporation, if any.

     5.4  Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
          ---------
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired
portion of the term in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws for the regular
election or appointment to such office.

     5.5  Compensation. Salaries or other compensation of the officers may be
          ------------
fixed from time to time by the Board. No officer shall be prevented from
receiving a salary or other compensation by reason of the fact that he is
also a director.

     5.6  Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company
          -----------------------
shall exercise general supervision, direction, management and control over all
the business and affairs of the Company, subject at all times to the control
of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of Article 2, the Chief
Executive Officer shall act as chairman of each meeting of the shareholders.
The Chief Executive Officer shall also act as chairman of each meeting of the
Board of Directors when he is present, and in general shall perform all duties
incident to the Office of Chief Executive Office and such other duties as
from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board.

     5.7  President. If there is no Chief Executive Officer elected or
          ---------
appointed, then the President shall assume the duties of the Chief Executive
Officer as set forth above and as stated herein. If the Chief Executive
Officer is elected but is unable to act, then the President shall become
Acting Chairman of the Board and in that capacity perform all of the duties
of the Chief Executive Officer, unless some other officer is designated by
the Board of Directors to perform those duties. The President shall convene
meetings of the stockholders pursuant to Article 2. He


                                    17
<PAGE> 18

may, with the Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an
Assistant Treasurer, sign certificates for shares of the capital stock of the
Corporation and, in general, he shall perform all duties incident to the office
of President and such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by
the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer.

     5.8  Vice Presidents. At the request of the President, or in his absence,
          ---------------
at the request of the Board, the Vice President shall (in such order as may be
designated by the Board or, in the absence of any such designation, in order
of seniority based on age) perform all of the duties of the President and so
acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all restrictions upon
the President. Any Vice President may also, with the Secretary or the Treasurer
or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer, sign certificates for
shares of capital stock of the Corporation; may sign and execute in the name
of the Corporation deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments
authorized by the Board, except in cases where the signing and execution
thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board or by the Bylaws to some other
officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law otherwise to
be signed or executed; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the Board or by the President.

     5.9  Secretary. The Secretary, if present, shall act as secretary of all
          ---------
meetings of the stockholders and of the Board, and shall keep the minutes
thereof in the proper book or books to be provided for that purpose; he shall
see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given
and served; he may, with the President or a Vice President, sign certificates
for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; he shall be custodian of the
seal of the Corporation and may seal with the seal of the Corporation, or a
facsimile thereof, all certificates for shares of


                                    18
<PAGE> 19

the capital stock of the Corporation and all documents the execution of which
on behalf of the Corporation under its corporate seal is authorized in
accordance with the provisions of the Bylaws; he shall have charge of the
stock ledger and also of the other books, records and papers of the
Corporation relating to its organization and management as a Corporation,
and shall see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law
are properly kept and filed; and shall, in general, perform all the duties
incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time
may be assigned to him by the Board or by the President.

     5.10  Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have charge and custody of, and be
           ---------
responsible for, all funds, securities and notes of the Corporation; receive
and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any
sources whatsoever; deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in
such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as shall be selected in
accordance with these Bylaws; against proper vouchers, cause such funds to be
disbursed by checks or drafts on the authorized depositaries of the Corporation
signed in such manner as shall be determined in accordance with any
provisions of the Bylaws, and be responsible for the accuracy of the amounts of
all moneys so disbursed; regularly enter or cause to be entered in books to
be kept by him or under his direction full and adequate account of all moneys
received or paid by him for the account of the Corporation; have the right to
require, from time to time, reports or statements giving such information as
he may desire with respect to any and all financial transactions of the
Corporation from the officers or agents transacting the same; render to the
President or the Board, whenever the President or the Board, respectively,
shall require him so to do, an account of the financial condition of the
Corporation and of all his transactions as Treasurer; exhibit at all
reasonable times his books of account and other records to any of the


                                    19
<PAGE> 20

directors upon application at the office of the Corporation where such books
and records are kept; and, in general, perform all the duties incident to the
office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned
to him by the Board or by the President; and he may sign with the President
or a Vice President certificates for shares of capital stock of the
Corporation.

     5.11  Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Assistant
           ----------------------------------------------
Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or by the Treasurer, respectively,
or by the Board or by the President. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant
Treasurers may, with the President or a Vice President, sign certificates for
shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                 CONTRACTS, CHECKS, DRAFTS, BANK ACCOUNTS, ETC.
                 ----------------------------------------------

     6.1  Execution of Contracts. The Board may authorize any officer,
          ----------------------
employee or agent, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to enter into
any contract or execute and satisfy any instrument, and any such authority may
be general or confined to specific instances or otherwise limited.

     6.2  Loans. The President or any other officer, employee or agent
          -----
authorized by the Bylaws or by the Board may effect loans and advances at any
time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institutions or
from any firm, corporation or individual and for such loans and advances may
make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds or other certificates or
evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and, when authorized by the
Board so to do, may pledge and hypothecate or transfer any securities or other
property of the


                                    20
<PAGE> 21

Corporation as security for any such loans or advances. Such authority
conferred by the Board may be general or confined to specific instances or
otherwise limited.

     6.3  Checks, Drafts, Etc.. All checks, drafts and other orders for the
          --------------------
payment of money out of the funds of the Corporation and all notes or other
evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation shall be signed on behalf of the
Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by
resolution of the Board.

     6.4  Deposits. The funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall
          --------
be deposited from time to time to the order of the Corporation in such banks,
trust companies or other depositaries as the Board may select or as may be
selected by an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to whom such
power may from time to time be delegated by the Board.

                                   ARTICLE 7

                              STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
                              -------------------

     7.1  Certificates Representing Shares. The shares of capital stock of the
          --------------------------------
Corporation shall be represented by certificates in such form (consistent
with the provisions of Section 158 of the General Corporation Law) as shall be
approved by the Board. Such certificate shall be signed by the President or a
Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer
or an Assistant Treasurer, and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation
or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers upon a certificate may
be facsimiles, if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or
registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee. In case any
officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon any certificate shall have ceased to be such
officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such
certificate may, unless otherwise ordered by the


                                    21
<PAGE> 22

Board, be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person
were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

     7.2  Transfer of Shares. Transfers of shares of capital stock of the
          ------------------
Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder
thereof or by his duly authorized attorney appointed by a power of attorney
duly executed and filed with the Secretary or a transfer agent of the
Corporation, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates representing
such shares of capital stock properly endorsed for transfer and upon payment
of all necessary transfer taxes. Every certificate exchanged, returned or
surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked "Cancelled," with the date of
cancellation, by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the transfer agent
of the Corporation. A person in whose name shares of capital stock shall stand
on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof to receive
dividends, to vote as such owner and for all other purposes as respects the
Corporation. No transfer of shares of capital stock shall be valid as against
the Corporation, its stockholders and creditors for any purpose, except to
render the transferee liable for the debts of the Corporation to the extent
provided by law, until such transfer shall have been entered on the books of
the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

     7.3  Transfer and Registry Agents. The Corporation may from time to time
          ----------------------------
maintain one or more transfer offices or agents and registry offices or agents
at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board.

     7.4  Lost, Destroyed, Stolen and Mutilated Certificates. The holder of
          --------------------------------------------------
any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the
Corporation of any loss, destruction, theft or mutilation of the certificate
representing such shares, and the Corporation may issue a


                                    22
<PAGE> 23

new certificate to replace the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed,
stolen or mutilated. The Board may, in its discretion, as a condition to the
issue of any such new certificate, require the owner of the lost, destroyed,
stolen or mutilated certificate, or his legal representatives, to make proof
satisfactory to the Board of such loss, destruction, theft or mutilation and
to advertise such fact in such manner as the Board may require, and to give
the Corporation and its transfer agents and registrars, or such of them as
the Board may require, a bond in such form, in such sums and with such surety
or sureties as the Board may direct, to indemnify the Corporation and its
transfer agents and registrars against any claim that may be made against any
of them on account of the continued existence of any such certificate so
alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated and against any
expense in connection with such claim.

     7.5  Regulations. The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may
          -----------
deem expedient, not inconsistent with the Bylaws or with the Certificate of
Incorporation, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of
certificates representing shares of its capital stock.

     7.6  Restriction on Transfer of Stock. A written restriction on the
          --------------------------------
transfer or registration of transfer of capital stock of the Corporation, if
permitted by Section 202 of the General Corporation Law and noted conspicuously
on the certificate representing such capital stock, may be enforced against
the holder of the restricted capital stock or any successor or transferee
of the holder including an executor, administrator, trustee, guardian or
other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate
of the holder. Unless noted conspicuously on the certificate representing
such capital stock, a restriction, even though permitted by Section 202 of
the General Corporation Law, shall be ineffective except against a person with
actual knowledge of the restriction. A restriction on the transfer or
registration of


                                    23
<PAGE> 24

transfer of capital stock of the Corporation may be imposed either by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by an agreement among any number of stockholders
or among such stockholders and the Corporation. No restriction so imposed
shall be binding with respect to capital stock issued prior to the adoption
of the restriction unless the holders of such capital stock are parties to an
agreement or voted in favor of the restriction.

     7.7  Dividends, Surplus, Etc. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate
          ------------------------
of Incorporation and of law, the Board:

          7.7.1  May declare and pay dividends or make other distributions on
     the outstanding shares of capital stock in such amounts and at such time
     or times as, in its discretion, the condition of the affairs of the
     Corporation shall render advisable;

          7.7.2  May use and apply, in its discretion, any of the surplus of
     the Corporation in purchasing or acquiring any shares of capital stock of
     the Corporation, or warrants therefore, or any of its bonds, debentures,
     notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness in
     accordance with law;

          7.7.3  May set aside from time to time out of such surplus or net
     profits such sum or sums as, in its discretion, it may think proper,
     as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends or
     for the purpose of maintaining or increasing the property or business of
     the Corporation, or for any purpose it may think conducive to the best
     interests of the Corporation.


                                    24
<PAGE> 25

                                   ARTICLE 8

                                INDEMNIFICATION
                                ---------------

     8.1  Indemnification of Officers and Directors. The Corporation shall
          -----------------------------------------
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that
he is or was a director or any officer of the Corporation, against expenses
(including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit
or proceeding to the fullest extent and in the manner set forth in and
permitted by the General Corporation Law, and any other applicable law, as
from time to time in effect. Such right of indemnification shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which such director or officer may be
entitled apart from the foregoing provisions. The foregoing provisions of
this Section 8.1 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and
each director and officer who serves in such capacity at any time while this
Article 8 and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law and other
applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof
shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any
state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding
theretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part
upon any such state of facts.

     8.2  Indemnification of Other Persons. The Corporation may indemnify any
          --------------------------------
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or
was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the


                                    25
<PAGE> 26

request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding to the extent and in the manner set forth in and
permitted by the General Corporation Law, and any other applicable law, as
from time to time in effect. Such right of indemnification shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any such person may be entitled
apart from the foregoing provisions.

     8.3  Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain
          ---------
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee
or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out
of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to
indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Sections 8.1
and 8.2 of the Bylaws or under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law or
any other provision of law.

                                   ARTICLE 9

                               BOOKS AND RECORDS
                               -----------------

     9.1  Books and Records. The Corporation shall keep correct and complete
          -----------------
books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of the
stockholders, the Board and any committee of the Board. The Corporation shall
keep at the office designated in the Certificate of Incorporation or at the
office of the transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation, a


                                    26
<PAGE> 27

record containing the names and addresses of all stockholders, the number and
class of shares held by each and the dates when they respectively became the
owners of record thereof.

     9.2  Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the
          ---------------
regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account,
and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic
tape, photographs, micro-photographs, or any other information storage device,
provided that the records so kept be converted into clearly legible written
form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records
so kept under the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.

     9.3  Inspection of Books and Records. Except as otherwise provided by
          -------------------------------
law, the Board shall determine from time to time whether, and, if allowed, when
and under what conditions and regulations, the accounts, books, minutes and
other records of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to the
inspection of the stockholders.

                                  ARTICLE 10

                                     SEAL
                                     ----

     The Board may adopt a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a
circle and shall bear the name of the Corporation and the word "Delaware."

                                  ARTICLE 11

                                  FISCAL YEAR
                                  -----------

     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be for such period of twelve (12)
months as the Board shall determine.


                                    27
<PAGE> 28

                                  ARTICLE 12

                             VOTING OF SHARES HELD
                             ---------------------

     Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board, or the President
may, from time to time, appoint one or more attorneys or agents of the
Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes
which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a stockholder or otherwise in
any other corporation, any of whose shares or securities may be held by the
Corporation, at meetings of the holders of stock or other securities of such
other corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other
corporation, or to consent in writing to any action by any such other
corporation, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the
manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause
to be executed on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal, or
otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as he
may deem necessary or proper in the premises; or the President may himself
attend any meeting of the holders of the stock or other securities of any
such other corporation and thereat vote or exercise any or all other powers of
the Corporation as the holder of such stock or other securities of such other
corporation.

                                  ARTICLE 13

                                  AMENDMENTS
                                  ----------

     The Bylaws may be altered, changed, added to or repealed, amended, or
new Bylaws may be adopted, as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.




                                    28
<PAGE> 29

                                  CERTIFICATE
                                  -----------

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the foregoing is a true copy of the
Bylaws of the Corporation adopted as of the 30th day of December, 1994.



                                            /s/ Frank J. Sgroi
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                      Secretary




                                    29

<PAGE> 1

             [letterhead of Polsinelli, White, Vardeman & Shalton]



                                       October 24, 1996



Enterbank Holdings, Inc.
150 N. Meramec
Clayton, MO  63105

     Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1
          ----------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     With reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by
Enterbank Holdings, Inc. ("Enterbank") on October 24, 1996 (the "Registration
Statement") with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities
Act of 1993, as amended, pertaining to the proposed issuance by Enterbank of
shares of Enterbank's common stock, $.01 par value (the "Shares") with a
maximum aggregate offering price of $7,000,000, as provided in the Registration
Statement, we have examined such corporate records of Enterbank, such other
information as we have deemed relevant, including Enterbank's Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws, as amended and currently in effect, the resolution
adopted by Enterbank's Board of Directors related to the proposed offering,
certificates received from state officials and statements we have received
from officers and representatives of Enterbank. In delivering this opinion,
the undersigned assumes the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity
of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the
originals of all documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic or
conformed copies, the authenticity of the originals of all such latter
documents, and the correctness of statements submitted to us by officers and
representatives of Enterbank.

     Based solely on the foregoing, the undersigned is of the opinion that:

     1.  Enterbank has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under
the laws of the State of Delaware; and

     2.  The Shares to be issued by Enterbank under the proposed offering
will be duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.


<PAGE> 2

POLSINELLI, WHITE, VARDEMAN & SHALTON


October 24, 1996
Page 2


     We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference of this firm in the section of
the Prospectus entitled "Legal Matters." We further consent to the filing
of copies of this opinion with agencies of such states and other jurisdictions
as you deem necessary in the course of complying with the laws of the states
and jurisdictions regarding the sale and issuance of the Shares in accordance
with the Registration Statement.

                                       Very truly yours,



                                       POLSINELLI, WHITE, VARDEMAN
                                       & SHALTON, P.C.



                                       By:     /s/ Joseph T. Porter, Jr.
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Joseph T. Porter, Jr.

JTP/kjd



<PAGE> 1
                            STARTING DATE AGREEMENT
                            -----------------------

     This Agreement made and entered into as of the 1st day of May, 1989, by
and between Conrad Properties Corporation as agent for One Fifty Building
Associates ("Landlord") and Enterprise Bank ("Tenant").

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease dated as of January 31, 1989,
for office space in the premises located at 150 N. Meramec Ave., Suites 100
and 200, Clayton, MO 63105.

WHEREAS, the provision of said Lease relating to commencement of the term
provided for a change in the Commencement Date in the event that the leased
premises are not ready for occupancy on the date set forth in the lease as the
commencement term; and

WHEREAS, the leased premises were ready for occupancy on the 1st day of May,
1989, and the Landlord and Tenant now desire to set forth in the instrument
the exact commencement and expiration dates of the term of said lease.

NOW, THEREFORE,
                              W I T N E S S E T H

     Notwithstanding anything in said Lease to the contrary, Landlord and
Tenant, for themselves, their heirs, successors and assigns, intending to be
legally bound hereby, agree and stipulate that the original term of said Lease
commenced on May 1, 1989 and will expire on April 30, 1994 at midnight, unless
sooner terminated as in said Lease provided.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this agreement
as a supplement and amendment to said Lease for the purpose set forth above,
in any number of counterpart copies each of which counterpart copy shall for
all purposes be deemed an original as of the day of May 1, 1989.

                                        CONRAD PROPERTIES CORPORATION

                                        BY: /s/ Robert E. Saur
                                           ---------------------------
                                           Landlord


                                        ENTERPRISE BANK

                                        BY: /s/ Fred H. Eller
                                           ---------------------------
                                           Tenant


<PAGE> 2
                                     LEASE
                                     -----

     This Lease, entered into as of the 31st day of January 1989, between
CONRAD PROPERTIES CORPORATION as agent for ONE FIFTY BUILDING ASSOCIATES,
hereinafter called "Landlord", and ENTERPRISE BANK, hereinafter called "Tenant".

     W I T N E S S E T H:

     1.     Premises.     Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents,
            ---------
covenants and agreements hereinafter mentioned and hereby agreed to be paid,
kept and performed by Tenant, does hereby lease with covenant for quiet
enjoyment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord space in the
building known as THE ONE FIFTY BUILDING (the "Building"), located 150 North
Meramec Avenue, Clayton, Missouri, described as Suites 100 and 200, which
consist of 7,995 net rentable square feet of space on the first floor and
5,128 net rentable square feet on the second floor, hereinafter referred to
as the "leased premises".  The Building, garage, parking area and grounds
are hereinafter described as the "Property".

     2.     Use of Premises.     The leased premises shall be used and occupied
            ----------------
by Tenant, subject to the conditions herein contained, for general office
purposes only.  In no event shall the leased premises be used or occupied by
the Tenant in any manner contrary to law, zoning regulations, or recorded
restrictions, if any.

     3.     Term.     The term of this lease shall be for 60 months, commencing
            -----
on April 1, 1989 and ending on March 31, 1994, both dates inclusive.  Tenant
agrees to make material and/or color selections (when applicable) within
fifteen (15) days after being requested to do so by Landlord, failing which,
Landlord shall make such material and/or color selection without Tenant's
participation.  If the leased premises are not available or ready for occupancy
at the stated commencement date, and such unavailability or unreadiness is
not occasioned or caused by Tenant (such as Tenant's failure promptly to
approve plans, or make improvements to the leased premises which are to be
made by Tenant), then the commencement date shall be the first day of the
month succeeding the month in which the leased premises are available and
ready for occupancy, as evidenced by written notice given by Landlord to
Tenant, and the termination date shall be extended accordingly.  In the event
the commencement and termination dates have been determined as aforesaid, upon
the demand of either the Landlord or the Tenant, the parties hereto agree to
execute a written declaration expressing the specific commencement and
termination dates.  Subject to the availability of the leased premises, the
Tenant shall have the right, prior to the commencement date, to enter upon
the leased premises at reasonable times for the purpose of preparing the
leased premises for their intended use.  Tenant shall not be required to pay
rent during the time required to prepare the leased premises.  If by mutual


<PAGE> 3
consent of the parties, Tenant takes possession of the leased premises and
begins conducting its business therein prior to the commencement date, then
during such pre-term period, Tenant shall pay rent as herein established on
a pro rata basis and such occupancy shall be under all of the terms and
conditions of this lease, but such pre-term occupancy shall not affect the
lease term as herein otherwise established.

     4.     Rent.     Tenant shall, without deduction, abatement or setoff
            -----
of any nature whatsoever, pay to Landlord as fixed Rent for the leased premises
the as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     SUITE NO.               MONTHLY AMOUNT           ANNUAL AMOUNT
     --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                      <C>
        100                    $13,992.00              $167,904.00
        200                    $10,068.00              $120,816.00
</TABLE>

each, in advance, and without demand, on the first day of each and every
month throughout the term of this lease.  The rent shall be payable at the
office of Landlord, or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time
designate in writing.  SEE ADDENDUM FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.

     5.     Rent Adjustments.
            -----------------

           (a)     The Tenant shall pay as additional rent, Tenant's Share of
all Operating Expenses and Taxes of the Property, to the extent they exceed
$5.25 per square foot annually.

           Taxes shall mean:  (i) All real estate taxes, including State
equalization factor, if any, payable (adjusted after protest or litigation,
if any) for any part of the term of this Lease, exclusive of penalties or
discounts, on the Property, (ii) any taxes which shall be levied in lieu of
any such real estate taxes on the gross rentals of the Property, provided
that in no event shall "taxes" include any income or profits taxes, (iii) any
special assessments against the Property which shall be required to be paid
during the calendar year in respect to which taxes are being determined, and
(iv) the expense of contesting the amount or validity of any such taxes,
charges or assessments, such expense to be applicable to the period of the
item contested.

           Operating Expenses shall mean:  Those expenses incurred or paid
on behalf of the Landlord in respect of the operation and maintenance of the
Property which, in accordance with accepted principles of sound accounting
practice used by the Landlord, as applied to the operation and maintenance of
first class office buildings, are properly chargeable to the operation and
maintenance of the Property, and the cost, as reasonably amortized by the
Landlord, with interest at the rate of ten (10%) per cent per annum on the
unamortized amount of any capital improvement made after completion of initial
construction of the Building which reduces other Operating Expenses, but in
an amount not to exceed such reduction for the relevant year.  Operating


<PAGE> 4
Expenses shall not include franchise or income taxes imposed on the Landlord,
nor the cost of the Landlord of any work or service performed in any instance
for any tenant (including the Tenant).

           In order to provide for current payments on account of an increase
in the Taxes and Operating Expenses in excess of $5.25 per square foot, the
Tenant agrees, at Landlord's request, to pay, as additional rent, Tenant's
share due for the ensuing twelve (12) months, as estimated by Landlord from
time to time, 1/12th of Tenant's Share so estimated by Landlord commencing on
the first day of the month following the month in which Landlord notifies
Tenant of the amount of such estimated Tenant's Share.  If, as finally
determined, Tenant's Share shall be greater than or be less than the aggregate
of all installments so paid on account to the Landlord for such twelve (12)
month period, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such
underpayment, or the Landlord shall credit Tenant for the amount of such
overpayment, as the case may be.  It is the intention hereunder to estimate the
amount of Taxes and Operating Expenses for each year and then to adjust such
estimate in the following year based on actual taxes and Operating Expenses
incurred and/or paid by Landlord.  The obligation of the Tenant with respect to
the payment of Rent shall survive the termination of this lease.  Any payment,
refund, or credit made pursuant to this paragraph shall be made without
prejudice to any right of the Tenant to dispute, or of the Landlord to correct,
any item(s) as billed pursuant to the provisions hereof.

           (b)     Upon receipt of the Landlord's statement, Tenant does
hereby covenant and agree promptly to pay the increases in Rent pursuant to
Paragraph (a) of this Section as and when the same shall become due and
payable, without further demand therefor, and without any set-off or deduction
whatsoever.  Failure to give such statement shall not constitute a waiver by
Landlord of its right to require an increase in Rent nor shall such failure
deprive Tenant of a decrease in Rent, as the case may be.  Landlord shall make
its records of actual taxes and operating expenses available to Tenant for
Tenant's inspection for a period of ninety (90) days following Tenant's
receipt of the Landlord's statement.

           (c)     For the purpose of determining Tenant's Share hereunder,
it is agreed that the net rentable area contained in the leased premises is
13,123 square feet and the net rentable area of the building is 63,129 square
feet.  Tenant's Share, based upon the ratio that its net rentable area bears
to the entire net rentable area of the building is 20.79%.

           (d)     No decrease in Taxes and/or Operating Expenses shall reduce
Tenant's Rent below the annual Rent set forth in Section 4.

     6.    Services by Landlord.     Landlord covenants and agrees:
           ---------------------


<PAGE> 5
           (a)     To condition the air of the leased premises from 8:00 a.m.
to 6:00 p.m. on all business days (which shall include Monday through Friday
of each week excluding legal holidays) and from 8:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on
Saturdays, by heating or cooling the leased premises to reasonable temperatures
for normal occupancy and use.  Landlord shall not be obligated hereunder to
provide any services that would violate any governmental rule, regulation or
order, and particularly any orders as to maximum or minimum temperatures.

           (b)     To provide elevator service.

           (c)     To provide water for lavatory and drinking purposes in
places designated by the Landlord.

           (d)     To provide maintenance services to keep the public areas of
the Building in good order; to provide janitorial services to the leased
premises on each business day (except Saturday); to cause the windows of the
public areas and the leased premises to be cleaned at reasonable intervals,
all to the standards of first class office buildings in the metropolitan
St. Louis area.

                   No interruption or malfunction of any of the services to be
furnished by Landlord hereunder shall constitute an eviction or disturbance of
Tenant's use and possession of the leased premises, or a breach by the Landlord
of any of its obligations hereunder, or render the Landlord liable for damages
or entitle Tenant to be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder (including
obligation to pay rent or grant Tenant any right of setoff or recoupment).
In the event of any such interruption or malfunction of such services, however,
Landlord agrees to use reasonable diligence to restore such service.

     7.     Utilities.     Landlord shall pay for normal electricity service
            ----------
to the leased premises for lighting, business machines and business equipment.
Tenant shall furnish all replacement light bulbs.  In the event Tenant uses
computer, continuously operated machines, or any other machine that has more
than the normal use of electricity, Landlord and Tenant shall make separate
arrangements for electricity charges for such use.

     8.     Repairs and Maintenance.     Landlord shall, at its own cost and
            ------------------------
expense, except as may be provided elsewhere herein, make all necessary repairs
to the corridors, lobby and structural members of the Building, and to the
equipment used to provide the services furnished by the Landlord hereunder,
unless any such damage is caused by acts or omissions of Tenant, its officers,
agents, employees or invitees, in which event Tenant shall bear the cost of
such repairs.  Tenant shall not injure the leased premises or the Building,
but shall maintain the leased premises in a clean, attractive condition and
in good repair, except as to damage to be repaired by Landlord as provided
above and except


<PAGE> 6
for the cleaning services to be rendered by Landlord as provided above.
Tenant further covenants not to do or suffer any waste to the leased premises.

     9.     Tenant's Improvements.     No alteration, addition, improvements,
            ----------------------
or refinishing of or to the leased premises shall be made by Tenant without
the prior written consent of the Landlord.  Any alteration, addition, or
improvement made by the Tenant after such consent shall have been obtained,
and any fixtures permanently installed by Tenant (excluding movable partitions,
work stations, shelving and the like, but including wall-to-wall carpeting
and wall paneling), shall become the property of the Landlord upon the
expiration or other sooner termination of this lease.

            Tenant shall not permit any mechanics' lien to be filed against
the fee of the leased premises or against the Tenant's leasehold interest in
the premises by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied or
claimed to have been supplied to the Tenant or anyone holding the leased
premises through or under the Tenant, whether prior to or subsequent to the
commencement of the term hereof.  If any such mechanics' lien shall at any
time be filed against the leased premises and Tenant shall fail to remove
same or to post adequate security and diligently contest same within thirty
(30) days thereafter, it shall constitute a default under the provisions of
this lease.

     10.    Damage or Destruction.     The destruction of the leased premises
            ----------------------
or the Building, by fire or the elements or other casualty or such material
injury thereto so as to render the leased premises unquestionably untenantable
for one hundred twenty (120) days, shall produce and work a termination of
this lease.  Provided, however, that such destruction or injury so as to
render the leased premises unquestionably untenantable for more than twenty
(20%) percent of the unexpired term shall also, at the option of the Landlord,
produce and work a termination of this lease.

            If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree as to the number of days the
Building or leased premises are unquestionably untenantable, the fact shall
be determined by arbitration; the Landlord and Tenant shall each choose an
arbitrator within five (5) days after either has notified the other in writing
of such damage.  The two arbitrators so chose, before entering on the discharge
of their duties, shall elect a third, and the decision of any two of such
arbitrators shall be conclusive and binding upon both parties hereto.  If it
is determined by arbitration, or by agreement between the Landlord and Tenant,
that said premises are not unquestionably untenantable for one hundred twenty
(120) days or twenty (20%) percent of the unexpired term, whichever is
applicable, then Landlord shall restore said premises to substantially the
same condition in which they existed prior to such damage, at Landlord's
own expense, with all reasonable speed and promptness, and in such case a
just and proportionate part of


<PAGE> 7
said rental shall be abated in direct proportion to the proportion of Tenant's
space that is unoccupiable, provided however, if more than 30% of the leased
premises are unoccupiable and Tenant ceases all of its operations in the leased
premises, rent shall be fully abated until said premises have been restored;
provided, however, that in the event the damage to said premises has not
resulted in a termination of this lease under the above provisions and such
damage is caused by the negligent act of Tenant, as aforesaid, during such
period of restoration or rebuilding there shall be no rent abatement hereunder.
In determining what constitutes reasonable speed and promptness, consideration
shall be given to delays caused by strikes, adjustment of insurance, and
other causes beyond the Landlord's control.  In no event shall the Landlord
be required to restore any alterations, additions or improvements made by or
for the Tenant and not required by this lease to be furnished by Landlord,
nor any trade fixtures, furniture, equipment or other property belonging to
Tenant.

     11.    Liability.     Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to the
            ----------
Tenant for any injury or damage to person or property caused by gasoline, oil,
steam, gas, electricity, hurricane, tornado, earthquake, flood, wind or similar
storms and disturbances, nor water, rain or snow which may be upon any sidewalk
or any entranceway or which may leak or flow from the roof, skylight, trap
door, sewer, pipes, gas mains or any subsurface area or opening in the Building;
nor for loss resulting from theft or mysterious disappearance; nor from any
interference with light or air except for such losses attributable to Landlord's
negligence or Landlord's failure to perform maintenance and repair obligations
pursuant to this lease.  Landlord shall not be liable for any personal injury
to Tenant, its officers, agents, employees and invitees, nor any other occupant
of any part of the leased premises, nor for any damages to any property of the
Tenant or of any other occupant of any part of the leased caused, whether from
action of the elements or acts of negligence of the occupants of adjacent
properties except for such injuries attributable to Landlord's negligence or
Landlord's failure to perform maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to
this lease.

     12.    Waiver of Subrogation.     Notwithstanding anything herein to the
            ----------------------
contrary, Landlord and Tenant, and all parties claiming under them, hereby
mutually release and discharge the other from all claims arising from or
caused by any hazard covered by insurance on the leased premises or the
Property, regardless of the cause of the damage or loss.  This release shall
apply only to the extent that such loss or damage is covered by insurance
and only so long as the applicable insurance policies contain a clause to
the effect that this release shall not affect the right of the insured to
recover under such policies.

     13.    Condemnation.    If the whole or any part of the premises shall
            -------------
be taken under the power of eminent domain, or if Landlord


<PAGE> 8
shall discontinue operating the Building, or areas in the Building not taken,
by reason of eminent domain, this lease shall thereupon terminate as of the
date possession shall be so taken and Tenant shall pay rent to such date.
All income, rent, awards or interest derived from or damages awarded for any
such taking under the power of eminent domain, whether for the whole or a
part of the leased premises, shall belong to and be the property of Landlord,
whether such damages shall be awarded as compensation for diminution in value
of the leasehold except the loss of Tenant's fixtures or for moving expenses
shall belong to and be the property of Tenant.  A voluntary sale by Landlord
to any party having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of
condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed
to be a taking by eminent domain.

     14.    Right of Entry.     Landlord, and its duly authorized agents,
            ---------------
employees and contractors shall have access to the leased premises at all
reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice for the purpose of
inspecting the same and making necessary repairs or replacements as called
for hereunder or as the Landlord shall elect to undertake for the safety,
preservation, benefit or welfare of the Building or other tenants thereof,
or for exhibiting the Property for sale, lease or financing, provided that
such entry does not interrupt or interfere with Tenant's business therein.

     15.    Restrictions on Use.     The Tenant shall not allow, permit or
            --------------------
suffer any noise, smoke or odor to escape from the leased property in a
manner which will disturb other occupants of the Building, nor occupy the
leased property in such manner as to disturb the peaceful and quiet occupancy
of the other tenants of the Building or constitute a public or private
nuisance.  No sign, fixture, advertisement or notice shall be displayed,
inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the inside or outside
of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord.  Tenant
shall not install any draperies, shades or venetian blinds visible from the
exterior of the Building unless the color, materials, shape, style and size
have been approved by the Landlord.  Tenant shall not install or permit the
installation of vending machines in the leased property, without the prior
written consent of the Landlord.  Movement in and out of the Building of
furniture or office equipment, or dispatch or receipt by the Tenant of any
merchandise or materials, shall be done only during the hours designated by
the Landlord and by means of an elevator and exit designated by the Landlord.

     16.    Rules.     The Landlord shall have the right, from time to time,
            ------
to make, establish and promulgate reasonable rules and regulations, applicable
equally to all Tenants, for the Property and the occupants and tenants thereof,
and Tenant hereby covenants that it will, and will cause its employees to,
observe, keep and comply with such rules and regulations.

     17.    Assignment and Subletting.     Tenant shall not assign or
            --------------------------


<PAGE> 9
encumber this lease, nor sublet nor permit the leased premises or any part
thereof to be used by others, without first obtaining the prior written
consent of the Landlord and the Trustee, as provided in Paragraph 30, in
each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
No such consent by the Landlord, nor the acceptance of an assignee, subtenant
or occupant as a tenant shall release the Tenant from the further performance
by the Tenant of the covenants in this lease or be construed to relieve the
Tenant from obtaining the consent in writing of the Landlord to any further
assignment or subletting.  In any event Tenant shall remain primarily liable
on this lease for the entire term hereof and shall in no wise be released from
the full and complete performance of all of the terms, conditions, covenants
and agreements herein contained.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may
assign or sublet the leased premises to a corporation or partnership that is
a subsidiary of Tenant, is controlled by Tenant, results from a merger,
acquisition or consolidation of Tenant or is similarly related to Tenant
without Landlord's or Trustees consent.  This lease may be assigned by
Landlord, in which event upon assumption of Landlord's duties and obligations
hereunder by the assignee, Landlord shall be relieved of any further
obligations and duties under this lease, except for obligations or duties
arising prior to, or resulting from events occurring prior to the date of such
assignment.  Any assignment of Landlord shall explicitly assume all of the
obligations of the Landlord hereunder and shall recognize and attorn to Tenant.

     18.    Surrender upon Termination.     At the expiration of the lease
            ---------------------------
term, Tenant shall surrender the leased premises in as good condition as
they were at the beginning of the term, reasonable wear and tear and insured
casualty excepted.  Notwithstanding any provision of law or any judicial
decision to the contrary, no notice shall be required to terminate the term
of this lease as herein provided, and the term of this lease shall expire on
the termination date herein mentioned without notice being required from
either party.  In the event that Tenant or any party holding under Tenant
shall holdover the leased premises beyond the expiration of the term of this
lease such party shall pay one and one half times the base rent hereunder
during such holdover period.  Provided, however, that if Tenant shall remain
in possession of the leased premises beyond the expiration of the term with
the express written consent of the Landlord, then such possession shall be
as a month-to-month tenant at the same rent as the last month of the lease
term, and the provisions of this lease shall be applicable.  Prior to
termination of this lease, or any extension thereof, if Tenant is not in
default on any obligation or covenant under this lease, Tenant may remove
its office supplies and movable office furniture and equipment from the
leased premises, and shall promptly repair any damage caused by such removal.

     19.    Default.     The following events shall be deemed to be events of
            --------
default by Tenant under this lease:  (i) if Tenant


<PAGE> 10
shall fail to pay any fixed or additional rent hereby reserved when due;
(ii) if Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, or provision, or covenant
of this lease, other than the payment of rent, and shall not cure such default
within ten (10) days after written notice thereof to Tenant, or in the case
of defaults that cannot be cured within ten (10) days shall not have commenced
and be diligently prosecuting said cure; (iii) if Tenant shall become
insolvent, or shall make a transfer in fraud of its creditors, or shall make
an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (iv) if Tenant shall file a
petition under any section or chapter of the National Bankruptcy Act, as
amended, or under any similar law or statute of the United States or any
state thereof; or Tenant shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent in
proceedings filed against Tenant hereunder; (v) if a receiver or trustee shall
be appointed for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; or (vi)
if Tenant shall desert or vacate any substantial portion of the leased
premises.

            Upon the occurrence of any such event of default, Landlord shall
have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (as well
as any other remedies provided by law) without any notice or demand whatsoever.

            (a)     Declare immediately due and payable the entire amount of
the rent then remaining to be paid under this lease for the balance of the
lease term;

            (b)     Enter upon and take possession of the leased premises by
summary proceedings, force or in any other manner, and dispossess, expel, and
remove the Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the leased premises
or any part thereof (including changing or altering the locks and other
security devices) and remove and expel any personal property or trade fixtures
located therein, all without being liable to any prosecution therefor or for
any damages resulting therefrom.  Such reentry and/or repossession by Landlord,
Landlord shall also have the option to relet the leased premises as agent for
Tenant, (in the name of Landlord or in the name of Tenant) at any rent and
for any term readily obtainable and receive the therefor, in which event
Tenant shall be given credit for any rents that may arise by reason of such
reletting (after first deducting all repossession costs, brokerage commissions,
legal expenses, attorneys' fees and all other expenses in cleaning, repairing
and altering the premises for reletting);

            (c)     Forfeit and terminate this lease forthwith.  In the event
of such termination, Tenant shall immediately surrender the leased premises to
Landlord and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may enter upon and take
possession of the leased premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other
person who may be occupying said premises or any part thereof, and any
personal property or trade fixtures located therein.

                    Pursuit by Landlord of any of the foregoing remedies or


<PAGE> 11
any other remedy provided by law shall not constitute a forfeiture or waiver
of any rent due to Landlord hereunder or of any damages accruing to Landlord
by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the terms, provisions and
covenants of this lease.  In no event shall Tenant be relieved from its
obligation to pay the rentals specified in this lease by reason of a surrender
of possession unless specifically agreed to in writing by Landlord.

                    No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any
of the terms, provisions and covenants of this lease shall be deemed or
construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of
the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained.  Forbearance by Landlord
to enforce one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of
default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such
default.

                    If Landlord incurs any expenses, including court costs
and attorneys' fees, as a result of a default by Tenant under this lease,
then such expenses shall be reimbursed by Tenant as additional rent, whether
or not such default is subsequently cured.  If Tenant incurs any expenses,
including court costs and attorneys' fees enforcing its rights hereunder or
successfully defending any action brought by Landlord hereunder, such expenses
shall be reimbursed by Landlord whether or not Landlord cures any default
asserted by Tenant.

     20.    Parking.    Landlord agrees to rent to Tenant or its employees
            --------
39 parking spaces in or adjacent to the Building at an original rate of Fifty
($50.00) Dollars per month.  Landlord shall have the right to increase
parking charges once each twenty-four (24) month period, but not to exceed
the rate charged by other first class office buildings in Clayton, Missouri,
of approximately the same age as the Building.  Landlord shall have the right
to and may from time to time adopt such reasonable rules as are necessary to
retain the exclusivity of parking for Building occupants.

     21.    Subordination and Attornment.     Tenant agrees that upon delivery
            -----------------------------
to it by an mortgagee or proposed mortgagee of the leased premises of a
"non-disturbance letter", as that phrase is defined below, this lease and
Tenant's interest in this lease shall be subordinated to any mortgage, deed
of trust or other method of financing or refinancing now or hereafter
encumbering the leased premises, the land underlying the leased premises
and/or the building which the leased premises comprise a part; and to all
renewals, modifications, replacements, consolidations and extensions thereof.
Tenant further agrees that in such event it will execute and deliver any and
all documents necessary to evidence the subordination of its rights under
this lease as aforesaid.  The "non-disturbance letter" referred to above shall
be a letter from the holder of any such mortgage, deed of trust or other
security instrument to the effect that in the event of a foreclosure or other
action taken under any such security


<PAGE> 12
instrument that this lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall not be
disturbed, diminished or interfered with, but shall continue in full force and
effect so long as Tenant shall not be in default hereunder.

            Tenant shall, in the event any proceedings are brought for the
foreclosure of, or in the event of exercise of the power of sale under any
mortgage or deed of trust made by the Landlord covering the leased premises,
attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such
purchaser as the Landlord under this lease.

     22.    Estoppel Certificates.     Within ten (10) days after request
            ----------------------
therefor by Landlord, or if upon sale, assignment of mortgaging of the
building, an offset statement shall be required from Tenant, Tenant agrees
to deliver in recordable form a certificate to Landlord or to the proposed
mortgagee lender or purchaser, certifying (if such be the case) that this
lease is in full force and effect and that there are no defenses or offsets
thereto, or stating those claimed by Tenant, and certifying the amount of
rent payable hereunder.

     23.    Notices.     Any notice under this lease shall be in writing and
            --------
shall be deemed to be duly given if delivered personally or mailed by
registered or certified mail, addressed to the Landlord at the address at
which it receives rent and addressed to the Tenant at the leased property.

     24.    Headings and Definitions.
            -------------------------

            (a)     It is agreed that the headings and phrases as to the
contents of particular paragraphs of this lease are inserted only as a matter
of convenience and for reference, and in no way are or are intended to be a
part of this lease, or in any way to define, limit or describe the scope or
intent of the particular paragraph to which they refer.

            (b)     Where in this instrument pronouns, or words indicating
the singular number, appear, such words shall be considered as masculine,
feminine or neuter pronouns or words indicating the plural number, and vice
versa, where the context indicates the propriety of such use.

     25.    Modification.     Landlord and Tenant agree that this lease
            -------------
contains the entire agreement between them and shall not be modified in any
manner except by an instrument in writing signed by each of them.

     26.    Benefit.     This lease shall inure to the benefit of and be
            --------
binding upon the Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and such assigns and sublessees as may be permitted
hereunder.

     27.    Time of the Essence.     Time is of the essence with
            --------------------


<PAGE> 13
respect to the performance of each of the covenants and agreements under this
lease.

     28.    Default by Landlord.     In the event of any default hereunder
            --------------------
by Landlord, Tenant agrees that no action will be taken as a result thereof
unless or until written notice of the default has been given to Landlord and
to the holder of any Deed of Trust encumbering the building whose name and
address have been previously supplied to Tenant in writing and Landlord or
such Deed of Trust holder shall have been given ten (10) days to cure or
commence the cure of the default.

            The covenants and obligations of Landlord under this Lease are
those of the Landlord as a partnership only and not that of the partners of
Landlord, or any partner of a partner of Landlord.  Only assets of the
Landlord shall be subject to any liability of Landlord hereunder.  No partner
of Landlord and no partner of any partner of Landlord shall be liable for the
breach of any covenant or obligation of Landlord and no recourse shall be had
against any such partner of Landlord or any partner of a partner of Landlord,
or against his, her or its respective assets for the satisfaction of any such
obligation or claim by way of payment of sums due or any other relief, but
Tenant shall look solely to the assets of Landlord only in satisfaction of
any such obligation or claim.

     29.    Sale of Building by Landlord.     In the event of any sale of the
            -----------------------------
Property by Landlord, Landlord shall be relieved of any liability under any
and all of its covenants and obligations contained in or derived from this
lease arising out of any act, occurrence or omission occurring after the
consummation of such sale, and the purchaser shall be deemed, without any
further agreement between the parties and any such purchaser, to have assumed
and agreed to carry out any and all of the covenants and obligations of
Landlord under this Lease except for obligations or duties arising prior to,
or resulting from events occurring prior to the date of such assignment.  Any
assignment of Landlord shall explicitly assume all of the obligations of the
Landlord hereunder and shall recognize and attorn to Tenant.

     30.    Industrial Development Bond Covenants.     The acquisition and
            --------------------------------------
construction of the Building was financed in part by the issuance of Industrial
Development Revenue Bonds (the "Bonds") issued by the Industrial Development
Authority of Clayton, Missouri (the "Authority").  The Bonds were issued
pursuant to an Indenture of Trust and Security Agreement dated as of December
1, 1986 between the Authority and Landmark Bank of St. Charles County, N.A.
as trustee (said bank, and any successor as trustee with respect to the
Bonds, is referred to as the "Trustee").  Notwithstanding anything else
contained in this lease, so long as any of the Bonds remain outstanding the
following provision shall be deemed to be a part of this lease and shall be
binding upon and enforceable against Tenant:


<PAGE> 14
            (a)     Tenant shall not use any of the premises, nor permit the
premises to be used by any other person or entity, in such manner as would
cause the interest on the Bonds to become taxable to the holder of the Bonds.

            (b)     Tenant shall not assign or sublease Tenant's interest in
the lease or to the leased premises without the prior written consent of the
Trustee.

            (c)     In the event Tenant leases more than ten (10%) percent of
the rentable space in the Building, Tenant agrees to fill out, execute and
deliver to Landlord, Landlord's form "Certificate and Agreement of Principal
User" and to comply with all the terms and conditions of it.

            (d)     Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has assigned to the
Trustee all of Landlord's rights under this lease, including the rights to
receive rental payments hereunder, and that upon receipt of written
notification from Trustee, the Tenant will make all payments required to be
made by Tenant hereunder directly to the Trustee.

            (e)     All of the provisions contained in this Paragraph 30 may
be enforced directly against Landlord and Tenant by the Trustee.  Landlord
and Tenant hereby release Trustee from any and all obligations or liabilities
under this Lease and Trustee assumes no responsibilities or obligations under
this lease by virtue of the provisions of this Paragraph 30.

     This Lease consists of THIRTY-EIGHT (38) paragraphs numbered
consecutively.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands the
day and year first above mentioned.

THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS A
BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION
WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY
THE PARTIES                                 CONRAD PROPERTIES CORPORATION


                                            By        /s/ Robert E. Saur
                                               -------------------------------
                                                  Robert E. Saur, President
                                                         "Landlord"

                                            ENTERPRISE BANK


                                            By        /s/ Fred H. Eller
                                               -------------------------------
                                               Name:  Fred H. Eller
                                               Title: President
                                                      "Tenant"


<PAGE> 15
                                    ADDENDUM
                                    --------

     31.    Early Occupancy.     It is understood and agreed that as further
            ----------------
consideration for the execution of and performance of all obligations to be
performed by Tenant under the Lease, Landlord shall permit Tenant to enter
and occupy the leased premises for the period commencing April 1, 1989 to and
including March 31, 1990, and then Tenant will be allowed to continue to
occupy 3,151 net rentable square feet of Suite 200 for the period commencing
April 1, 1990 to and including September 30, 1990 ("The Pre-Lease Period").

            Such occupancy during the Pre-Lease Period shall be subject to all
of the provisions, terms and conditions of said Lease (including the payment
of rent, taxes and insurance), provided, however, that the rent payable
during said Pre-Lease Period shall be payable only if an event of default under
the Lease occurs at any time during the term of the Lease or during the term
of the Pre-Lease Period, in which event on the occurrence of such event of
default all such rent for the Pre-Lease Period shall become immediately due
and payable by the Tenant.  If at the date of expiration of the original term
of said Lease, Tenant is not in default thereunder, and has made all rent
and other payments as provided hereunder, Landlord agrees to waive any
payment of rent for the Pre-Lease Period.  The provisions hereof shall not
affect the termination date of the Lease set forth therein.

            Given the above provisions as defined in this section, Tenants
rent schedule would be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 MONTHS                MONTHLY PAYMENT
<S>                                    <C>
                  1-12                      Free
                 13-18                   $18,283.00
                 19-60                   $24,060.00
</TABLE>

     32.    Landlord shall provide Tenant a THREE AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($3.00)
allowance per square foot on net usable space in addition to the standard
allowance of THIRTEEN AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($13.00) per net usable square
foot to finish the leased premises.  Any costs over and above the total of
the standard allowance and additional allowance ($16.00) per net usable
square foot shall be payable by Tenant upon occupancy.

     33.    Landlord shall allow Tenant to park with no cost for 39 parking
spaces during the period from April 1, 1989 to and including March 31, 1990,
and then Landlord shall allow Tenant to park with no cost for 9 parking spaces
for the period from April 1, 1990 to and including September 30, 1990.

     34.    Notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Lease, in
the event the Tenant is closed or taken over by the banking authority of the
State of Missouri, or other bank


<PAGE> 16
supervisory authority, the Landlord may terminate the lease only with the
concurrence of such banking authority or other bank supervisory authority,
and any such authority shall in any event have the election to continue, to
assign, or to terminate the lease.  Provided, that in the event this lease
is terminated, the maximum claim of Landlord for damages or indemnity for
injury resulting from the rejection or abandonment of the unexpired term
of the lease shall in no event be in an amount exceeding the rent reserved
by the lease, without acceleration, for the year next succeeding the date
of the surrender of the premises to the Landlord, or the date of re-entry
of the Landlord, whichever first occurs, whether before or after the closing
of the bank, plus an amount equal to the unpaid rent accrued, without
acceleration up to such date.

     35.    Landlord agrees to allow Tenant to install a sign indicating
Tenant's business on the building similar in nature to the one installed
on the building in the City of Clayton occupied by Capital Bank, provided
that Tenant obtains the approval of the Landlord and the City of Clayton
as to its design and location prior to its installation.

     36.    In the event Tenant may in the future require a drive up facility
on the surface parking area of the building, Landlord agrees to cooperate
with the Tenant toward the establishment of such a facility.

     37.    Tenant shall have the option to renew this lease for four (4)
additional terms of five (5) years each at a rate to be negotiated with
Landlord, but at a rate as established by the market for similar space in
the City of Clayton.  Landlord will advise tenant of the expiration of
lease in writing at lease 120 days prior to its expiration.  Tenant will
notify Landlord in writing ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the
current term of its intention to renew.

     38.    Tenant shall have the right to use the building lobby and adjacent
common areas for the purpose of conducting seminars and other like functions,
provided, a) that Tenant's use does not interfere with the normal use of
such areas, b) that such activities are limited to evenings or weekends
where the building is not occupied by other tenants, c) that Tenant secures
the permission of the building management in advance for each function or
meeting, and, d) that it shall be the responsibility of the Tenant to clean
up and restore these areas immediately following use by Tenant.


<PAGE> 17

[letterhead Conrad Properties Corporation]


April 29, 1994



Frank J. Sgroi, V.P./Cashier
Enterprise Bank
150 N. Meramec Ave
Clayton, MO 63105

RE: ADDENDUM TO LEASE

Dear Frank:

I have enclosed three (3) copies of Addendum No. 2 to your lease which contains
all the provisions of our proposal to you dated April 13, 1994 for execution.

Please have all three copies signed and returned to me for Bob's signature.

If you have any questions, please give me a call.

Sincerely,


/s/ Alfred C. Hellwig
Alfred C. Hellwig
Secretary

Enclosures


<PAGE> 18
                                 ADDENDUM NO. 2
                                 --------------

     This is ADDENDUM NO. 2 to a Lease dated January 31, 1989 by and between
CONRAD PROPERTIES CORPORATION, agent for ONE FIFTY BUILDING ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
hereinafter called "Landlord", and ENTERPRISE BANK, hereinafter called
"Tenant".

     Landlord and Tenant have agreed, as of the date indicated below, to an
extension of the Lease under certain terms and conditions, which are as
follows:

  1.   NEW LEASE TERMINATION DATE:  Tenant hereby serves notice to execute
       ---------------------------
       the first of the four (4) additional five (5) year terms as provided
       in the Lease under Paragraph 37 of the Addendum.  The Lease shall
       thus be extended for five (5) years and shall have the new termination
       date of April 30, 1999.

  2.   RENTAL SCHEDULE:  Tenant shall, without deduction, abatement (except as
       ----------------
       provided in Paragraph 4 of this Addendum No. 2) or setoff of any nature
       whatsoever, pay to Landlord as fixed rent, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Commencing         Per SF         Annually         Monthly
       ----------         ------         --------         -------
<S>                       <C>           <C>              <C>
       May 1, 1994        $19.00        $249,336.00      $20,778.00
       November 1, 1996   $20.00        $262,464.00      $21,872.00
</TABLE>

  3.   PARKING:  The parking rate for the 39 spaces provided for Tenant shall
       --------
       be $55.00 per space per month commencing May 1, 1994.  This rate can
       be increased at a later date as provided in Paragraph 20 of the Lease.

  4.   TENANT DECORATING ALLOWANCE:  Landlord hereby agrees to provide an
       ----------------------------
       amount for redecorating equal to $3.00 per net rentable square feet
       of Tenant space, or a total of $39,369.00.  Tenant has the option of
       using this allowance to do actual tenant redecorating work or as a
       direct rent abatement at any time during the lease extension period.
       Tenant must give Landlord at least 60 days written notice as to how
       and when Tenant elects to use the allowance.

  5.   REVISED RENT ADJUSTMENTS:  Commencing May 1, 1994 and terminating on
       -------------------------
       April 30, 1999, Tenant's liability for additional rent under Paragraph
       5 subparagraphs (a) and (b) of the Lease is only to the extent that
       Tenant's Proportionate Share of operating expenses exceeds the actual
       operating expenses for the Building during the calendar year of 1993,
       or $7.52 per net rentable square foot.

  6.   TERMINATION:  Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease at
       ------------
       any time after April 30, 1997 provided that Tenant complies with the
       following two (2) requirements:

       a)    Tenant must give Landlord a minimum of nine (9) months prior
             written notice of its intent to terminate.

       b)    Tenant must pay to Landlord, in full, at the time of termination,
             nine (9) months rent, parking and additional rent.

                                    1
<PAGE> 19
All other terms and conditions of the Lease by and between Landlord and Tenant
dated January 31, 1989, shall remain the same and in full force and effect.

     This Addendum No. 2 is dated this 19th day of May, 1994.

CONRAD PROPERTIES CORPORATION             ENTERPRISE BANK


BY: /s/ Robert E. Saur                    BY: /s/ Frank Sgroi
   ----------------------------------        ----------------------------------
Robert E. Saur, President  "Landlord"     Frank Sgroi, Vice President  "Tenant"

                                    2
<PAGE> 20

                                ADDENDUM NO. 3
                                --------------

     This is ADDENDUM NO. 3 to a Lease dated January 31, 1989 by and between
CONRAD PROPERTIES CORPORATION, agent for ONE FIFTY BUILDING ASSOCIATES, L.P.,
hereinafter called "Landlord", and ENTERPRISE BANK, hereinafter called
"Tenant".

     Landlord and Tenant have agreed, as of the date indicated below, to an
extension of the Lease under certain terms and conditions, which are as
follows:

  1.   SPACE TO BE LEASED:  Tenant will lease an additional 2,176 net rentable
       -------------------
       square feet (1,919 net usable SF) of space which is contiguous to their
       existing space known as Suite 200.

  2.   RENTAL PERIOD:  The rental period will be for fifty (50) months
       --------------
       commencing on March 1, 1995 and terminating on April 30, 1999.

  3.   RENTAL SCHEDULE:  Tenant shall, without deduction, abatement (except as
       ----------------
       provided in Paragraph 4 of this Addendum No. 3) or setoff of any nature
       whatsoever, pay to Landlord as fixed rent, as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       Commencing         Per SF         Annually         Monthly
       ----------         ------         --------         -------
<S>                       <C>           <C>              <C>
       March 1, 1995      $19.50        $42,432.00       $3,536.00
       November 1, 1996   $20.50        $44,608.00       $3,717.33
</TABLE>

  4.   TENANT FINISH ALLOWANCE:  Tenant agrees to complete all improvements to
       ------------------------
       this additional space at its expense in exchange for rent abatement
       equivalent to a $15.00 per usable SF allowance, or $28,785.00.

  5.   PARKING:  If and when needed, Tenant shall be allowed the use of an
       --------
       additional six (6) parking spaces at the rate of $55.00 per space per
       month. This rate can be increased at a later date as provided in
       Paragraph 20 of the Lease.

  6.   TERMINATION:  Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Addendum
       ------------
       under the same terms and conditions as provided in Paragraph 6 of
       Addendum No. 2 to the lease.

       All other terms and conditions of the Lease by and between Landlord and
Tenant dated January 31, 1989, shall remain the same and in full force and
effect.

       This Addendum No. 3 is dated this 12th day of December, 1994.

CONRAD PROPERTIES CORPORATION             ENTERPRISE BANK


By: /s/ Robert E. Saur                    By: /s/ Frank Sgroi
   ----------------------------------        ----------------------------------
        Robert E. Saur, President               Frank Sgroi, Vice President
               "Landlord"                                "Tenant"


<PAGE> 1
December __, 1996

Mr. Michael J. Ross
Jefferson Bank & Trust
2301 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63103

RE:  Escrow Agreement for Enterbank Holdings, Inc.

Dear Mr. Ross:

     The undersigned is the authorized representative of Enterbank
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation").  Common
stock is being offered to certain prospective investors (the "Investors")
pursuant to a Prospectus dated ------, 1996 (the "Prospectus"),
a copy of which has been furnished to Jefferson Bank ("Jefferson").
Pursuant to the Prospectus, the Corporation is offering for sale a
minimum of $3,000,000.00 and a maximum of $7,000,000.00 of its common
stock.  We have asked Jefferson to serve as Escrow Agent with respect to
the funds contributed (the "Subscription Amount") by an investor whose
subscription for common stock has been accepted (an "Investor").
Jefferson has agreed to serve as such Escrow Agent on the following
terms:

     1.   The common stock is being offered by the Corporation.
Upon receipt of an Investor's Subscription Amount and related
subscription documents in form satisfactory to the Corporation, the
Corporation will promptly deliver the Subscription Amount and the
name and address of the Investor to Jefferson, such Subscription
Amount to be in the form of a check payable to "Jefferson Bank &
Trust, as Escrow Agent for Enterbank Holdings, Inc."  Upon receipt
of such check, Jefferson shall enter it for collection, and hold the
proceeds in escrow subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

     2.   Jefferson shall invest the Subscription Amounts in such
United States government securities, money market investments
and/or certificates of deposit as the Corporation may direct in
writing to Jefferson.  Absent such direction, Jefferson Shall
invest the Subscription Amounts in a commercial money market
account at Jefferson.

     3.   If, by February 14, 1997 (Minimum Offering Expiration
Date), unless extended in writing by the Corporation, the Corporation
has received, pursuant to the Offering, acceptable subscriptions for a
minimum of $3,000,000.00, then the Corporation will deliver to Jefferson
a certificate to this effect in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  Upon
                                            ---------
receipt of such certificate, Jefferson will release from escrow and
deliver to the Corporation all Subscription Amounts held by
Jefferson as escrow agent, together with any income earned thereon,
in the form of a check payable to the order of the Corporation or
by other transfer to or for the account of the Corporation, as the
Corporation may specify.  In the


<PAGE> 2
event Jefferson has not received the certificate set forth in Exhibit
A hereto by 5:00 p.m. on the Minimum Offering Expiration Date,
Subscription Amounts then held in escrow hereunder will be disbursed
by Jefferson to each investor in the form of a check for his
Subscription Amount, plus his pro rata share of any income earned on
the total Subscription Amount, after deducting from any such income
expenses incurred in connection with the Offering.  Amounts so
disbursed by Jefferson to each Investor hereunder shall not be less
than the Subscription Amount.  Any expenses which exceed the income
earned on the Subscription Amounts shall be paid by the Corporation.

     4.   To induce Jefferson to act as Escrow Agent hereunder, it
is agreed by the Corporation and on behalf of each of the
Investors, that:

        (a)    Jefferson shall not be under any duty to give the
     property held in escrow hereunder any greater degree of care
     than Jefferson gives its own similar property.

        (b)    Jefferson may act in reliance upon any instrument or
     signature believed by it to be genuine and it may assume that
     any person giving any writing, notice, advice or instruction
     in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly
     authorized to do so.

        (c)    Jefferson may act relative hereto upon advise of
     counsel with respect to any matter connected herewith and it
     shall not be liable for any mistake of fact or error in
     judgement or for any acts or omissions of any kind unless
     caused by its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

        (d)    Jefferson's duties with respect to any and all
     matters relating to this Agreement shall be only as set forth
     herein, and there shall be no other implied duties or
     obligations on its part.

        (e)    Jefferson makes no representation as to the
     validity, value, genuineness or collectible of any document or
     instrument held by or delivered to it.

        (f)    The Corporation shall indemnify Jefferson and hold
     it harmless from and against any loss, liability, cost of
     expense (including costs of suit and reasonable attorneys'
     fees) of any kind which Jefferson may incur in connection with
     its services hereunder, except for such as may result from its
     gross negligence or willful misconduct.  This indemnity
     agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

        (g)    In the event of a dispute, Jefferson may interplead
     any property held in escrow hereunder in any court of
     competent jurisdiction.

        (h)    Jefferson shall not be obligated to risk its own
     funds in the administration of the


<PAGE> 3
     account and shall have a lien against any funds, securities, or
     other property in its possession or control for its fees,
     expenses, and advancements.  Jefferson need not take any action
     under this Agreement which may involve it in any expense or
     liability until indemnified to its satisfaction for any expense
     or liability it reasonably believes it may incur.

        (i)    Jefferson may execute any of the duties under this
     Agreement by or through agents or receivers.

        (j)    Jefferson shall not be required to take notice or be
     deemed to have notice of any default or other fact or event
     under this Agreement unless Jefferson shall be specifically
     notified in writing of the default, fact or event.

        (k)    Jefferson may at any time resign from the position
     created in this Agreement by giving 30 days written notice by
     registered or certified mail to the Corporation and the
     resignation shall take effect at the end of 30 days or upon
     the earlier appointment of a successor.

        (l)    Unless specifically required by the terms of this
     Agreement, Jefferson need not take notice of or enforce any
     other document or relationship, including without limiting the
     generality of the foregoing, any contract, settlement,
     arrangement, plan, assignment, pledge, release, decree, or the
     like, but its duties shall be solely as set out in this
     Agreement.

     5. Jefferson's duties and obligations hereunder may not be
modified or increased without its consent.  This Agreement may not
be modified or amended as to the Subscription Amount paid by any
Investor unless, as to such Amount, such amendment or modification
has been agreed to by the Corporation, Jefferson and such Investor.
This Agreement may be modified or amended in other respects with
the consent of the Corporation and Jefferson, provided such
modification or amendment is not in conflict with the terms of the
Prospectus.

     6. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri.

     7. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the
benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs,
successors and assigns.

     8. This Agreement is, in part, entered into for the benefit
of the Investors, and it is expressly acknowledged that each
Investor may enforce any rights expressly granted to such Investor
hereunder.

     9. Any notice to any party hereto, or to any Investor, shall
be in writing and shall be


<PAGE> 4
delivered or sent by first class mail, with adequate postage prepaid,
to Jefferson at the address indicated on the first page hereof or, in
the case of the Corporation, at 150 North Meramec, Clayton, Missouri
63105, or in the case of any Investor, at the address indicated in
writing by notice as aforesaid.  Such notice shall be deemed to have
been duly made upon receipt of the notice by the addressee.

     If Jefferson is in agreement with the foregoing, please so
indicate by signing the enclosed copy of this letter where
indicated, whereupon this will be our valid and binding agreement
in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,

                              Enterbank Holdings, Inc.,


                              By: ----------------------------------
                                  James C. Wagner
                                  Vice President
                                  Enterbank Holdings, Inc.



Accepted and agreed to this ___ day of December, 1996

Jefferson Bank & Trust

By:  ----------------------------------
     Michael J. Ross
     President



<PAGE> 5
                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

Jefferson Bank
2301 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63103

Attn: ----------

RE:  Enterbank Holdings, Inc.

Dear ----------:

     Please refer to the escrow letter agreement between the
undersigned Corporation and Jefferson Bank ("Jefferson") dated
- ---------- (the "Escrow Agreement").

     In accordance with Section 3 of the Escrow Agreement, we
hereby certify to Jefferson that the Corporation has received
acceptable subscriptions for $3,000,000.00 of Common Stock, the
minimum amount of Common Stock offered.  Accordingly, Jefferson
is instructed to deliver the entire amount held by it under the
Escrow Agreement, together with any income earned therein, to the
Corporation at 150 North Meramec, Clayton, Missouri 63105.

                              Very truly yours,

                              Enterbank Holdings, Inc.
                              a Missouri corporation



                              By: ----------------------------------
                                  James C. Wagner
                                  Vice President

<PAGE> 1

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Fully Diluted
                                           EPS Number         EPS Number                               Fully Diluted
                                            of Shares          of Shares       Net Income         EPS            EPS
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>
1991                                        1,523,314          1,523,314          207,000        0.14           0.14
1992                                        1,530,400          1,530,400          505,000        0.33           0.33
1993                                        1,554,947          1,570,225          751,823        0.48           0.48
1994                                        1,602,311          1,624,080        1,001,181        0.62           0.62
Nine months 1995                            1,643,815          1,657,040          909,977        0.55           0.55
1995                                        1,650,632          1,669,617        1,304,267        0.79           0.78
Nine months 1996                            1,702,795          1,715,938        1,266,340        0.74           0.74

<CAPTION>
              1991
<S>                                         <C>                <C>
Shares Outstanding                          1,460,000          1,460,000
Warrants                                      200,000            200,000
Options - 1 vested                             71,600             71,600
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Gross Shares                                1,731,600          1,731,600
Shares repurchased                            208,286            208,286
Shares for EPS Calculation                  1,523,314          1,523,314
Warrants                                         5.50               5.50
Options - 1 vested                               5.00               5.00
Options - 2 vested                               7.00               7.00
Options - 2 vested                               9.25               9.25
Warrants                                    1,100,000          1,100,000
Options - 1 vested                            358,000            358,000
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Dollars for repurchase                      1,458,000          1,458,000
Price                                            7.00               7.00

<CAPTION>
              1992
<S>                                         <C>                <C>
Shares Outstanding                          1,460,000          1,460,000
Warrants                                      200,000            200,000
Options - 1 vested                             96,400             96,400
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Gross Shares                                1,756,400          1,756,400
Shares repurchased                            226,000            226,000
Shares for EPS Calculation                  1,530,400          1,530,400
Warrants                                         5.50               5.50
Options - 1 vested                               5.00               5.00
Options - 2 vested                               7.00               7.00
Options - 2 vested                               9.25               9.25
Warrants                                    1,100,000          1,100,000
Options - 1 vested                            482,000            482,000
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Dollars for repurchase                      1,582,000          1,582,000
Price                                            7.00               7.00

<PAGE> 2

<CAPTION>
              1993
<S>                                         <C>                <C>
Shares Outstanding                          1,460,000          1,460,000
Warrants                                      200,000            200,000
Options - 1 vested                            121,200            121,200
Options - 2 vested                             18,200             18,200
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Gross Shares                                1,799,400          1,799,400
Shares repurchased                            244,453            229,175
Shares for EPS Calculation                  1,554,947          1,570,225
Warrants                                         5.50               5.50
Options - 1 vested                               5.00               5.00
Options - 2 vested                               7.00               7.00
Options - 2 vested                               9.25               9.25
Warrants                                    1,100,000          1,100,000
Options - 1 vested                            606,000            606,000
Options - 2 vested                            127,400            127,400
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Dollars for repurchase                      1,833,400          1,833,400
Price                                            7.50               8.00

<CAPTION>
              1994
<S>                                         <C>                <C>
Shares Outstanding                          1,462,400          1,462,400
Warrants                                      200,000            200,000
Options - 1 vested                            122,000            122,000
Options - 2 vested                             35,600             35,600
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Gross Shares                                1,820,000          1,820,000
Shares repurchased                            217,689            195,920
Shares for EPS Calculation                  1,602,311          1,624,080
Warrants                                         5.50               5.50
Options - 1 vested                               5.00               5.00
Options - 2 vested                               7.00               7.00
Options - 2 vested                               9.25               9.25
Warrants                                    1,100,000          1,100,000
Options - 1 vested                            610,000            610,000
Options - 2 vested                            249,200            249,200
Options - 2 vested                                  0                  0
Dollars for repurchase                      1,959,200          1,959,200
Price                                            9.00              10.00

<PAGE> 3

<CAPTION>
           Nine Months 1995
<S>                                         <C>                <C>
Average Shares Outstanding                  1,463,157          1,463,157
Warrants                                      199,000            199,000
Options - 1 vested                            122,000            122,000
Options - 2 vested                             35,600             35,600
Options - 2 vested                                400                400
Gross Shares                                1,820,157          1,820,157
Shares repurchased                            176,342            163,117
Shares for EPS Calculation                  1,643,815          1,657,040
Warrants                                         5.50               5.50
Options - 1 vested                               5.00               5.00
Options - 2 vested                               7.00               7.00
Options - 2 vested                               9.25               9.25
Warrants                                    1,094,500          1,094,500
Options - 1 vested                            610,000            610,000
Options - 2 vested                            249,200            249,200
Options - 2 vested                              3,700              3,700
Dollars for repurchase                      1,957,400          1,957,400
Price                                           11.10              12.00

<CAPTION>
              1995
<S>                                         <C>                <C>
Shares Outstanding                          1,463,400          1,463,400
Warrants                                      199,000            199,000
Options - 1 vested                            122,000            122,000
Options - 2 vested                             53,400             53,400
Options - 2 vested                                400                400
Gross Shares                                1,838,200          1,838,200
Shares repurchased                            187,568            168,583
Shares for EPS Calculation                  1,650,632          1,669,617
Warrants                                         5.50               5.50
Options - 1 vested                               5.00               5.00
Options - 2 vested                               7.00               7.00
Options - 2 vested                               9.25               9.25
Warrants                                    1,094,500          1,094,500
Options - 1 vested                            610,000            610,000
Options - 2 vested                            373,800            373,800
Options - 2 vested                              3,700              3,700
Dollars for repurchase                      2,082,000          2,082,000
Price                                           11.10              12.35

<PAGE> 4

<CAPTION>
           Nine Months 1996                   Average
<S>                                         <C>                <C>
Average Shares Outstanding                  1,496,933          1,496,933
Warrants                                      165,467            165,467
Options - 1 vested                            122,000            122,000
Options - 2 vested                             53,400             53,400
Options - 2 vested                                800                800
Gross Shares                                1,838,600          1,838,600
Shares repurchased                            135,805            122,662
Shares for EPS Calculation                  1,702,795          1,715,938
Warrants                                         5.50               5.50
Options - 1 vested                               5.00               5.00
Options - 2 vested                               7.00               7.00
Options - 2 vested                               9.25               9.25
Warrants                                      910,069            910,069
Options - 1 vested                            610,000            610,000
Options - 2 vested                            373,800            373,800
Options - 2 vested                              7,400              7,400
Dollars for repurchase                      1,901,269          1,901,269
Price                                           14.00              15.50
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 1

                    [letterhead of Ernst & Young LLP]



December 9, 1996



Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

We have read the information in the second paragraph under the caption EXPERTS
of Form S-1 dated December 9, 1996 of Enterbank Holdings, Inc. and are in
agreement with the statements contained therein. We have no basis to agree or
disagree with other statements of the registrant contained therein.



                                       /s/ Ernst & Young LLP



<PAGE> 1
<TABLE>
                                                                                                          Exhibit 21.1

                                                SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         State of
                                                                            Percentage                 Incorporation
                                                                                of                          or
         Parent                                  Subsidiary                 Ownership                  Organization
- -------------------------                    ------------------          ---------------            -------------------
<S>                                          <C>                              <C>                       <C>
Enterbank Holdings, Inc.                     Enterprise Bank                  100%                      Missouri

Enterbank Holdings, Inc.                     Enterprise Capital               100%                      Missouri
                                             Resources, Inc.

Enterprise Capital                           Enterprise Capital               100%                      Missouri
Resources, Inc.                              Management, Inc.
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 1

                                                            Exhibit 23.1

                        INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
The Board of Directors
Enterbank Holdings, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.


                                /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
December 6, 1996


<PAGE> 1
                                                            Exhibit 23.2

                         CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and
to the use of our report dated January 18, 1994, with respect to the financial
statements of Enterprise Bank included in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-14737) and related Prospectus of Enterbank Holdings,
Inc. for the registration of 451,612 shares of its common stock.

                                /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

December 6, 1996
St. Louis, Missouri


<PAGE> 1

                                                                 Exhibit 99.1

     ENTERBANK
HOLDINGS, INC.
Date

_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________

Dear __________:

    Enterbank Holdings, Inc. is a one-bank holding company organized in 1995
in order to provide Enterprise Bank with a more flexible ownership structure.
Enterprise Bank, which opened for business in 1988, serves primarily the
market of closely-held businesses and their owners and employees. The Bank's
sister corporations are Enterprise Capital Resources, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Enterbank Holdings formed to provide merchant banking services
to the Bank's target customers, and Enterprise Capital Management, Inc., a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Enterprise Capital Resources which manages and acts
as the general partner of the Enterprise Fund, L.P., a licensed small business
investment company providing venture capital to growing companies. These
sister corporations, like the Bank, are also targeted for significant growth
in the near future.

    One of the primary business principles of both Enterprise Bank and
Enterbank Holdings has been to maintain a strong capital base at all times.
Therefore, in order to fund the anticipated expansion of the Bank and continue
to maintain a strong capital position, the management of Enterbank Holdings
has decided to register and offer for sale to the public additional common
stock of Enterbank Holdings.

    Enterbank Holdings is pleased to provide you with an opportunity to
participate in this initial public offering of its common stock. Enclosed is a
copy of the company's prospectus which provides greater detail regarding
Enterbank Holdings and all of its subsidiaries, our plans for the future,
and the offering itself. The prospectus also describes many of the risks
involved in an investment in Enterbank Holdings' stock.

    Please review this prospectus carefully. If you believe Enterbank Holdings'
common stock fits your investment needs, please complete the enclosed
subscription card and return it to us. If you have any questions regarding
any of our businesses or this offering, you may contact us at (314) 725-5500.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Fred H. Eller                                    /s/ Ronald E. Henges

    Fred H. Eller                                         Ronald E. Henges
    President/Chief Executive Officer                     Chairman of the Board

             150 N. Meramec . Clayton, Missouri 63105-3753 . (314) 725-5500 .
                                     Fax (314) 721-6793


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission